Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Cortland Bancorp

Cortland Bancorp

cldb · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cldb
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Cortland Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the transition period from              to              

Commission File Number 0-13814  

CORTLAND BANCORP  

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) 

Ohio 
(State or Other Jurisdiction 
of Incorporation or Organization) 

194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

34-1451118 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

44410 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (330) 637-8040  

Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(b) of the Act: None  

Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(g) of the Act:  

Common Stock, no par value  
(Title of Class)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.      Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (l) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section l3 or l5(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934 
during the preceding l2 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.      Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted an posted pursuant to Rule405 of Regulation S-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).      Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§232.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of 
the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.       

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. 
See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer 

 
 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Non-accelerated filer 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).      Yes      No  

Smaller reporting company 

Accelerated filer 

 

 

Based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2016, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates 
of the registrant was approximately $60,002,632. For purposes of this response, directors and executive officers are considered the affiliates of the 
issuer at that date.  
The number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of March 15, 2017: 4,420,255 shares  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 23, 2017 are incorporated by reference into Part III.  

 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2016  
Table of Contents  

Item 1.      
Item 1A.     
Item 1B.     
Item 2.      
Item 3.      
Item 4.      

PART I 
  Business ....................................................................................................................................................... 
  Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................. 
  Unresolved Staff Comments ........................................................................................................................ 
  Properties ..................................................................................................................................................... 
  Legal Proceedings ....................................................................................................................................... 
  Mine Safety Disclosures .............................................................................................................................. 
PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6.      
Item 7.      
Item 7A.     
Item 8.      
Item 9.      
Item 9A.     
Item 9B.     

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ..................................................................................................................................................... 
  Selected Financial Data ............................................................................................................................... 
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ...................... 
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..................................................................... 
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ........................................................................................... 
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...................... 
  Controls and Procedures .............................................................................................................................. 
  Other Information ........................................................................................................................................ 
PART III 
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .......................................................................... 
  Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................. 
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters .... 
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................ 
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services ..................................................................................................... 
PART IV 
Item 15.     
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ............................................................................................... 
SIGNATURES ...........................................................................................................................................................................  
EXHIBIT INDEX ......................................................................................................................................................................  

Item 10.     
Item 11.     
Item 12.     
Item 13.     
Item 14.     

Form 10-K 
Page 

3 
11 
17 
17 
17 
18 

18 
20 
21 
47 
47 
94 
94 
94 

94 
94 
94 
94 
95 

95 
96 
97 

 
  
  
    
     
     
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
 
 
Item l. Business  

CORTLAND BANCORP  

PART I  

THE CORPORATION  

Cortland Bancorp (the Company) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Ohio in 1984, as a one bank holding company 
registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (BHC Act). The principal activity of the Company is to own, 
manage and supervise The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (Cortland Bank or the Bank). The Company owns all of the 
outstanding shares of the Bank.  

The Company has made an election to be a financial holding company.  The Company is regulated by the Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB). The BHC Act provides generally 
for “umbrella” regulation of financial holding companies such as the Company by the Federal Reserve Board, and for functional 
regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities regulators, and insurance activities by insurance 
regulators. The Company is also under the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and is subject to the 
disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, as administered by the SEC.  

The business of the Company and the Bank is not seasonal to any significant extent and is not dependent on any single customer or 
group of customers. The Company operates as a single line of business.  

NEW RESOURCES LEASING CO.  

New Resources Leasing Co. was formed in December 1987 under Ohio law as a separate entity to handle the function of commercial 
and consumer leasing. The wholly owned subsidiary has been inactive since incorporation.  

CORTLAND BANK  

Cortland Bank is a full service, state chartered bank engaged in commercial and retail banking. The Bank’s services include checking 
accounts, savings accounts, time deposit accounts, commercial, mortgage and installment loans, night depository, automated teller 
services, safe deposit boxes and other miscellaneous services normally offered by commercial banks. Commercial lending includes 
commercial, financial and agricultural loans, real estate construction and development loans, commercial real estate loans, small 
business lending and trade financing. Consumer lending includes residential real estate, home equity and installment lending. Cortland 
Bank also offers a variety of Internet and mobile banking options.  

Full service banking business is conducted at a total of fourteen offices, seven of which are located in Trumbull County, Ohio. The 
remaining offices are located throughout Portage, Ashtabula, Summit and Mahoning Counties in Ohio. There are also two financial 
service centers located in Beachwood, Ohio, Cuyahoga County, and Fairlawn, Ohio, Summit County. 

The Bank’s main administrative and banking office is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio.  

The Bank, as a state chartered banking organization and member of the Federal Reserve, is subject to periodic examination and 
regulation by the Federal Reserve, the State of Ohio Division of Financial Institutions (Ohio Division) and the CFPB. These 
examinations, which include such areas as capital, liquidity, asset quality, management practices and other aspects of the Bank’s 
operations, are primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors.  In addition to these regular examinations, the Bank must furnish 
periodic reports to regulatory authorities containing a full and accurate statement of its affairs. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).  

The Bank provides brokerage and investment services through an arrangement with LPL Financial. Under this arrangement, financial 
advisors can offer customers an extensive range of investment products and services, including estate planning, qualified retirement 
plans, mutual funds, annuities, life insurance, fixed income and equity securities, equity research and recommendations, and asset 
management services to customers through the brand Cortland Private Wealth Management.  

3 

 
CSB MORTGAGE COMPANY, INC.  

CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. (CSB) was formed as an Ohio corporation in December 2011. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
Cortland Bank and functioned as the originator of wholesale mortgage loans and the seller of company-wide mortgage loans in the 
secondary mortgage market.  It was inactive for the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

COMPETITION  

The Bank actively competes with state and national banks located in Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. It also competes 
for deposits, loans and other service business with a large number of other financial institutions, such as savings and loan associations, 
credit unions, insurance companies, consumer finance companies and commercial finance companies. Also, money market mutual 
funds, brokerage houses and similar institutions provide in a relatively unregulated environment many of the financial services offered 
by banks. In the opinion of management, the principal methods of competition are the rates of interest charged on loans, the rates of 
interest paid on deposit funds, the fees charged for services, and the convenience, availability, timeliness and quality of the customer 
services offered.  

EMPLOYEES  

As of December 31, 2016, the Company, through the Bank, employed 148 full-time and 13 part-time employees. The Company 
provides its employees with a full range of benefit plans and considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory.  

GENERAL LENDING POLICY  

The Bank’s lending policy is designed to provide a framework which will meet the credit needs and interests of the community and 
the Bank. It is the Bank’s objective to make loans to credit-worthy customers that benefit their interests. The loans made by the Bank 
are subject to the guidelines established in the loan policy that is approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors.  

There are times when the Bank will go beyond its lending territory to accommodate people who have been customers of the Bank and 
have moved out of the lending area. There are also times when excess funds are available and it is profitable to participate in loans 
with other banks or to participate in large projects for community development.  

Each lending relationship is reviewed and graded in 6 categories, which are (1) ability to pay, (2) financial condition, (3) management 
ability, (4) collateral and guarantors, (5) loan structure, and (6) industry and economics.  

Further information can be found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 7.  

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION  

The Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state banking laws that are intended to protect depositors and borrowers, not 
shareholders. Changes in federal and state banking laws, including statutes, regulations, and policies of the bank regulatory agencies, 
could have a material adverse impact on our business and prospects. Federal and state laws applicable to holding companies and their 
financial institution subsidiaries regulate the range of permissible business activities, investments, reserves against deposits, capital 
levels, lending activities and practices, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, establishment of branches, mergers, dividends, 
and a variety of other important matters. The Company and the Bank are subject to detailed, complex, and sometimes overlapping 
federal and state statutes and regulations affecting routine banking operations. These statutes and regulations include, but are not 
limited to, state usury and consumer credit laws, the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and 
Regulation B, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Savings Act, and the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition to minimum 
capital requirements, federal law imposes other safety and soundness standards having to do with such things as internal controls, 
information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset 
quality, earnings, and compensation and benefits. The following discussion of bank supervision and regulation is qualified in its 
entirety by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed.  

The Company is a financial holding company and a bank holding company within the meaning of the BHC Act. As such, the 
Company is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve, acting primarily through the Federal Reserve 
Bank of Cleveland. The Company is required to file annual reports and other information with the Federal Reserve. The Bank is 
subject to regulation and supervision by the Ohio Division. As a member bank of the Federal Reserve, the Bank is also subject to 
regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is examined periodically by the Federal Reserve and by the Ohio 
Division to test compliance with various regulatory requirements. If as a result of examination the Federal Reserve or the Ohio 
Division determines that a bank’s financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or 
other aspects of the bank’s operations are unsatisfactory, or that the bank or its management is in violation of any law or regulation, 

4 

the bank regulatory agencies may take a number of remedial actions. In addition, the Bank is subject to the regulations of the CFPB, 
established by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act enacted in July 2010 (the Dodd-Frank Act).  The 
CFPB has broad powers to adopt and enforce consumer protection regulations.  Bank regulatory agencies make regular use of their 
authority to take formal and informal supervisory actions against banks and bank holding companies for unsafe or unsound practices 
in the conduct of their businesses and for violations of any law, rule, or regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by the 
appropriate federal banking regulatory authority. Potential supervisory and enforcement actions include appointment of a conservator 
or receiver, issuance of a cease-and-desist order that could be judicially enforced, termination of a bank’s deposit insurance, 
imposition of civil money penalties, issuance of directives to increase capital, entry into formal or informal agreements, including 
memoranda of understanding, issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution- affiliated parties, and enforcement of 
these actions through injunctions or restraining orders.  

Regulation of bank holding companies. A bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its 
subsidiary banks and must not conduct operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. The Federal Reserve requires all bank holding 
companies to maintain capital at or above prescribed levels. Federal Reserve policy requires that a bank holding company provide 
capital to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and that the bank holding company maintain the financial 
flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting subsidiary banks. Bank holding companies may also 
be required under certain circumstances to give written notice to and receive approval from the Federal Reserve before purchasing or 
redeeming common stock or other equity securities or paying dividends.  

Acquisitions. The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain approval of the Federal Reserve to acquire ownership or 
control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company, if after the acquisition the acquiring company would own or 
control more than 5% of the shares of the other bank or bank holding company (unless the acquiring company already owns or 
controls a majority of the shares); acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank; or merge or consolidate with another 
bank holding company.  The Federal Reserve will consider anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction, capital adequacy and 
other financial and managerial factors, along with the subsidiary banks’ performance under the Community Reinvestment Act of 
1977. Approval of the Ohio Division is also necessary to acquire control of an Ohio-chartered bank.  

The BHC Act, the Change in Bank Control Act, and the Federal Reserve Regulation Y require advance approval of the Federal 
Reserve to acquire “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company 
acquires 25% or more of a class of voting securities of the bank holding company.  Under certain circumstances, control may also be 
presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities.  

Interstate banking and branching. Section 613 of the Dodd-Frank Act amends the interstate branching provisions of the Riegle-Neal 
Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994. The amendments authorize a state or national bank to open a de novo 
branch in another state if the law of the state where the branch is to be located would permit a bank chartered by that state to open the 
branch. Section 607 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires that a bank holding company be well capitalized and well managed as a condition 
to approval of an interstate bank acquisition and that an acquiring bank be and remain well capitalized and well managed as a 
condition to approval of an interstate bank merger. 

Nonbanking activities. With some exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring or 
retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank 
holding company or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or 
providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve non-bank activities that, by statute or by 
Federal Reserve regulation or order, are held to be closely related to the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks. A 
bank holding company may become a financial holding company if the holding company meets “well-capitalized” and well-managed 
requirements of the Federal Reserve and each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized under the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation Act of 1991 prompt corrective action provisions, is well managed, and has at least a satisfactory rating under the 
Community Reinvestment Act, by filing a declaration that the bank holding company elects to become a financial holding company.  
The Company is a financial holding company.  No regulatory approval is required for a financial holding company to acquire a 
company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are 
financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve.  

Activities that are “financial in nature” include:  

• 

• 

• 

securities underwriting, dealing and market making;  

sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies;  

insurance underwriting and agency;  

5 

•  merchant banking; and  

• 

activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking.  

If a financial holding company or a subsidiary bank fails to be both well capitalized and well managed, the financial holding company 
must enter into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. 
Until the Federal Reserve determines that the institution is again well capitalized and well managed, the Federal Reserve may impose 
additional limitations or conditions on the conduct or activities of the financial holding company or any affiliate that the Federal 
Reserve finds to be appropriate or consistent with federal banking laws. If the financial holding company does not timely correct 
the capital or management deficiencies, the financial holding company may be required to divest ownership or control of all banks 
owned by the financial holding company. If an insured bank subsidiary fails to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community 
Reinvestment Act, the financial holding company may not engage in activities permitted only to financial holding companies until 
such time as the bank receives a satisfactory rating. 

Capital.  Risk-based capital requirements.  Financial institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain capital as a 
way of absorbing losses that can, as well as losses that cannot, be predicted.  The Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital 
guidelines for financial holding companies as well as state banks that are members of the Federal Reserve Bank.  The Office of the 
Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for national banks and state non-member banks, 
respectively.  The guidelines provide a systematic analytical framework which makes regulatory capital requirements sensitive to 
differences in risk profiles among banking organizations, takes off-balance sheet exposures expressly into account in evaluating 
capital adequacy and minimizes disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets.  Capital levels as measured by these standards are also 
used to categorize financial institutions for purposes of certain prompt corrective action regulatory provisions.      

Prior to January 1, 2015, the guidelines included a minimum for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%, with at least 
half of the ratio composed of common shareholders’ equity, minority interests in certain equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries 
and a limited amount of qualifying preferred stock and qualified trust preferred securities, less goodwill and certain other intangible 
assets (known as “Tier 1” risk-based capital).  The guidelines also provided for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets, or 
“leverage ratio,” of 3% for financial holding companies and bank holding companies that meet certain criteria, including having the 
highest regulatory rating, and 4% for all other financial holding companies and bank holding companies.  

The risk-based capital guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies are based on the “International Convergence of Capital 
Measurement and Capital Standard” (Basel I), published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) in 
1988.  In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital adequacy framework (Basel II) for large, internationally active banking 
organizations, and in December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee issued an update to Basel II (“Basel III”).  The Basel 
Committee frameworks did not become applicable to banks supervised in the United States until adopted into United States law or 
regulations.  Although the United States banking regulators imposed some of the Basel II and Basel III rules on banks with $250 
billion or more in assets or $10 billion of on-balance sheet foreign exposure, it was not until July 2013 that the United States banking 
regulators issued final (or, in the case of the FDIC, interim final) new capital rules applicable to smaller banking organizations which 
also implement certain of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Capital Rules”).  Community banking organizations, 
including the Company and the Bank, began transitioning to the new rules on January 1, 2015.  The new minimum capital 
requirements became effective on January 1, 2015, whereas a new capital conservation buffer and deductions from common equity 
capital phase in from January 1, 2016, through January 1, 2019, and most deductions from common equity tier 1 capital will phase in 
from January 1, 2015, through January 1, 2019.    

The new rules include (a) a new common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4.5%, (b) a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.0%, rather 
than the former 4.0%, (c) a minimum total capital ratio that remains at 8.0%, and (d) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%. 

Common equity for the common equity tier 1 capital ratio includes common stock (plus related surplus) and retained earnings, plus 
limited amounts of minority interests in the form of common stock, less the majority of certain regulatory deductions.          

Tier 1 capital includes common equity as defined for the common equity tier 1 capital ratio, plus certain non-cumulative preferred 
stock and related surplus, cumulative preferred stock and related surplus and trust preferred securities that have been grandfathered 
(but which are not permitted going forward), and limited amounts of minority interests in the form of additional Tier 1 capital 
instruments, less certain deductions. 

Tier 2 capital, which can be included in the total capital ratio, includes certain capital instruments (such as subordinated debt) and 
limited amounts of the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to new eligibility criteria, less applicable deductions. 

The deductions from common equity tier 1 capital include goodwill and other intangibles, certain deferred tax assets, mortgage-
servicing assets above certain levels, gains on sale in connection with a securitization, investments in a banking organization’s own 

6 

 
 
 
capital instruments and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions (above certain levels).  The deductions phase 
in from 2015 through 2019.   

For institutions with less than $250 billion in assets, the final rules also allow a one-time opportunity to permanently opt-out of a 
requirement to include all components of accumulated other comprehensive income in the capital calculation. To avoid the possibility 
of extreme market volatility in determining capital adequacy, the Company and the Bank have elected to opt-out. 

Under the guidelines, capital is compared to the relative risk related to the balance sheet.  To derive the risk included in the balance 
sheet, one of several risk weights is applied to different balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets, primarily based on the relative 
credit risk of the counterparty.  The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about 
components, risk weightings and other factors.  Some of the risk weightings have been changed effective January 1, 2015. 

The new rules also place restrictions on the payment of capital distributions, including dividends, and certain discretionary bonus 
payments to executive officers if the company does not hold a capital conservation buffer of greater than 2.5% composed of common 
equity tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements, or if its eligible retained income is negative in that quarter and 
its capital conservation buffer ratio was less than 2.5% at the beginning of the quarter.  The capital conservation buffer phases in 
starting on January 1, 2016, at .625% and is currently 1.25%. 

In addition to the capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies generally, the Federal Reserve requires financial holding 
companies to be “well-capitalized” under Federal Reserve standards.  

Pursuant to the Federal Reserve's Small Bank Holding Company Policy (SBHC Policy), however, a holding company with assets of 
less than $1 billion and meeting certain other requirements is not required to comply with the consolidated capital requirements. The 
Bank must, however, comply with the new capital requirements. At December 31, 2016, the Company was deemed to be a small bank 
holding company under the SBHC Policy.  

Prompt corrective action.  In addition to the capital adequacy requirements set forth above, every insured financial institution is 
classified into one of five categories based upon the institution’s capital ratios, the results of regulatory examinations of the institution 
and whether the institution is subject to enforcement agreements with its regulatory authorities. The categories are “well capitalized,” 
“adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.”  

The capital of the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2016 were as follows:   

December 31, 2016 
CET1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

Consolidated 
Bank 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

Consolidated 
Bank 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

Consolidated 
Bank 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

Consolidated 
Bank 

Actual 

Amount 

Ratio 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Minimum required for capital 
adequacy purposes (1) 
Ratio 

   Amount 

To be well-capitalized under 
prompt corrective action 
regulations 

   Amount 

Ratio 

$ 

60,631   
56,720   

12.97 % 
12.23 % 

  $ 

21,033        
20,874        

4.5 % 
4.5 % 

  $ 

N/A     
30,151        

65,631   
56,720   

14.04 % 
12.23 % 

28,044        
27,832   

6.0 % 
6.0 % 

N/A     
37,109   

70,583        
67,672        

15.10 %      
14.59 %      

37,392        
37,109        

8.0 %   
8.0 %      

N/A     
46,387        

65,631        
56,720        

10.46 %      
9.10 %      

25,086        
24,938        

4.0 %   
4.0 %      

N/A     
31,172        

N/A   
6.5 % 

N/A   
8.0 % 

N/A   
10.0 % 

N/A   
5.0 % 

(1) Currently not required for the Company as a small bank holding company under the SBHC Policy. 

A bank with a capital level that might qualify for well capitalized or adequately capitalized status may nevertheless be treated as 
though the bank is in the next lower capital category if the bank’s primary federal banking supervisory authority determines that an 
unsafe or unsound condition or practice warrants that treatment. A bank’s operations can be significantly affected by its capital 
classification under the prompt corrective action rules. For example, a bank that is not well capitalized generally is prohibited from 
accepting brokered deposits and offering interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in its market without advance 

7 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
  
  
 
regulatory approval. These deposit-funding limitations can have an adverse effect on the bank’s liquidity. At each successively lower 
capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to additional restrictions. Undercapitalized banks are required to take 
specified actions to increase their capital or otherwise decrease the risks to the federal deposit insurance fund. Bank regulatory 
agencies generally are required to appoint a receiver or conservator within 90 days after a bank becomes critically undercapitalized, 
with a leverage ratio of less than 2%. Section 38(f)(2)(I) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that a federal bank regulatory 
authority may require a bank holding company to divest itself of an undercapitalized bank subsidiary if the agency determines that 
divestiture will improve the bank’s financial condition and prospects.  

Effective January 1, 2015, in order to be “well-capitalized,” a bank must have a common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a 
total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8% and a leverage ratio of at least 5%, and the 
bank must not be subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a 
specific capital level or any capital measure.  The Company’s management believes that the Bank meets the ratio requirements to be 
deemed “well-capitalized” according to the guidelines described above.   

Federal deposit insurance. Deposits in the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits through the Deposit Insurance Fund. 
Insured banks must pay deposit insurance premiums assessed semiannually and paid quarterly.  The general insurance limit is 
$250,000 per separately insured depositor.  This insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. 

As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by insured institutions, including the Bank, to 
prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines to pose a threat to the deposit insurance fund, and 
to take enforcement actions against insured institutions.  The FDIC may terminate insurance of deposits of any institution if it finds 
that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition or has violated any applicable 
law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or other regulatory agency.     

The FDIC assesses a quarterly deposit insurance premium on each insured institution based on risk characteristics of the institution 
and may also impose special assessments in emergency situations.  The premiums fund the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF").  Pursuant 
to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has established 2.0% as the designated reserve ratio ("DRR"), which is the amount in the DIF as a 
percentage of all DIF insured deposits.  In March 2016, the FDIC adopted final rules designed to meet the statutory minimum DRR of 
1.35% by September 30, 2020, the deadline imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the 
effect on institutions with assets of less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum DRR to 1.35% from the former 
statutory minimum of 1.15%.  Although the FDIC's new rules reduced assessment rates on all banks, they imposed a surcharge on 
banks with assets of $10 billion or more to be paid until the DRR reaches 1.35%.  The rules also provide assessment credits to banks 
with assets of less than $1 billion for the portion of their assessments that contribute to the increase of the DRR to 1.35%.  The rules 
further changed the method of determining risk-based assessment rates for established banks with less than $10 billion in assets to 
better ensure that banks taking on greater risks pay more for deposit insurance than banks that take on less risk.   

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing 
Corporation, which was established by the government to recapitalize a predecessor to the DIF.  These assessments will continue until 
the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019.  

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if the FDIC determines that the institution has 
engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any 
applicable law, regulation, order, or any condition imposed in writing by or written agreement with the FDIC.  

Selected regulations. Transactions with affiliates. The Bank must comply with section 23A and section 23B of the Federal Reserve 
Act, establishing rules for transactions by member banks with affiliates. These provisions protect banks from abuse in financial 
transactions with affiliates. Generally, section 23A and section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (1) limit the extent to which a bank or 
its subsidiaries may lend to or engage in various other kinds of transactions with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the 
institution’s capital and surplus (2) limit the aggregate of covered transactions with all affiliates to 20% of capital and surplus, 
(3) impose strict collateral requirements on loans or extensions of credit by a bank to an affiliate, (4) impose restrictions on 
investments by a subsidiary bank in the stock or securities of its holding company, (5) impose restrictions on the use of a holding 
company’s stock as collateral for loans by the subsidiary bank, and (6) require that affiliate transactions be on terms substantially the 
same as those provided to a non-affiliate.  

Loans to insiders. The authority of the Bank to extend credit to insiders –meaning executive officers, directors, and greater than 10% 
shareholders – or to entities those persons control, is subject to section 22(g) and section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and 
Regulation O of the Federal Reserve. These laws require that insider loans be made on terms substantially similar to those offered to 
unaffiliated individuals, place limits on the amount of loans a bank may make to insiders based in part on the bank’s capital position, 
and require specified approval procedures. Loans to an individual insider may not exceed the general legal limit on loans to any one 
borrower. The aggregate of all loans to all insiders may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Insider loans exceeding 

8 

 
 
the greater of 5% of capital or $25,000 must be approved in advance by a majority of the board, with any interested director not 
participating in the voting. Loans to executive officers are subject to additional limitations based on the purpose of the loan. A 
violation of these restrictions could result in the assessment of substantial civil money penalties, the imposition of a cease-and-desist 
order, or other regulatory sanctions.  

Loans to one borrower. Under Ohio law, the total loans and extensions of credit by an Ohio-chartered bank to a person outstanding at 
any time generally may not exceed 15% of the bank’s unimpaired capital, plus 10% of unimpaired capital for loans and extensions of 
credit fully secured by readily marketable collateral.  

Dividends and Distributions.  Current federal banking regulations impose restrictions on the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the 
Company.  These restrictions include a limit on the amount of dividends that may be paid in a given year without prior approval of the 
Federal Reserve and a prohibition on paying dividends that would cause the Bank's total capital to be less than the required minimum 
levels under the capital requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve.  The new capital rules also limit the payment of dividends if the 
Bank does not maintain the capital conservation buffer. Ohio law also limits the amount of dividends that may be paid in any given 
year without prior approval of the Ohio Superintendent of Financial Institutions.  The Bank's regulators may prohibit the payment of 
dividends at any time if the regulators determine the dividends represent unsafe and/or unsound banking practices, or reduce the 
Bank's total capital below adequate levels.   

The Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders may also be restricted.  Current Federal Reserve policy requires a financial 
holding company to act as a source of financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries.  Under this policy, the Federal Reserve 
may require the Company to commit resources or contribute additional capital to the Bank, which could restrict the amount of cash 
available for dividends.   

The Federal Reserve has also issued a policy statement with regard to the payment of cash dividends by financial holding companies 
and other bank holding companies.  The policy statement provides that, as a matter of prudent banking, a financial holding company 
or bank holding company should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common shareholders has 
been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the financial 
holding company's or bank holding company's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  Accordingly, a financial 
holding company or bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or can only be funded in ways 
that weaken the holding company's financial health, such as by borrowing.  

Executive and incentive compensation.  In June 2010, the federal banking regulatory agencies issued joint interagency guidance on 
incentive compensation policies (the Joint Guidance) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking 
organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking.  This principles-
based guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either 
individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization's incentive compensation arrangements 
should:  (1) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization's ability to effectively identify and manage 
risk; (2) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management; and (3) be supported by strong corporate governance, 
including active and effective oversight by the organization's board of directors.  The Federal Reserve reviews the incentive 
compensation arrangements of financial institutions as part of its examination process and includes findings in examination reports.  
Any deficiencies can affect the financial institution's supervisory ratings, which can affect the institution's ability to engage in 
acquisitions and activities, and can result in enforcement actions.    

In May 2016, the federal bank regulatory agencies approved a second joint notice of proposed rules (the Second Proposed Joint Rules) 
designed to prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks at financial institutions.  The 
Second Proposed Joint Rules would apply to covered financial institutions with total assets of $1 billion or more.  The requirements of 
the Second Proposed Joint Rules would differ for each of three categories of financial institutions, based on their asset sizes.  Based on 
the Bank's current asset size, the Second Proposed Joint Rules would not apply to the Bank.    

Consumer protection laws and regulations. Banks are subject to regular examination to ensure compliance with federal statutes and 
regulations applicable to their business, including consumer protection statutes and implementing regulations. Potential penalties 
under these laws include, but are not limited to, fines. The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which has extensive regulatory and 
enforcement powers over consumer financial products and services.  The CFPB has adopted numerous rules with respect to consumer 
protection laws, amending some existing regulations and adopting new ones.  It has also commenced enforcement actions.  The 
following are just some of the consumer protection laws applicable to the Bank: 

•  Community Reinvestment Act of 1977:  imposes a continuing and affirmative obligation to fulfill the credit needs of its 

entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. 

9 

 
 
 
•  Equal Credit Opportunity Act:  prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction on the basis of any of various criteria. 

•  Truth in Lending Act:  requires that credit terms are disclosed in a manner that permits a consumer to understand and 

compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. 

•  Fair Housing Act:  makes it unlawful for a lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person 

on the basis of any of certain criteria. 

•  Home Mortgage Disclosure Act:  requires financial institutions to collect data that enables regulatory agencies to determine 

whether the financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the communities in which they are located. 

•  Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act:  requires that lenders provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and 

cost of real estate settlements and prohibits abusive practices that increase borrowers' costs. 

•  Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act:  requires financial institutions to establish policies and procedures to 
restrict the sharing of non-public customer data with non-affiliated parties and to protect customer information from 
unauthorized access.         

Monetary policy. The earnings of financial institutions are affected by the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary 
policy of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is regulation of aggregate national credit and money 
supply, relying on measures such as open market transactions in securities, establishment of the discount rate on bank borrowings, and 
changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These methods are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth 
and distribution of financial institutions’ loans, investments, and deposits, and they also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid 
on deposits. Monetary policy is influenced by many factors, including inflation, unemployment, short-term and long-term changes in 
the international trade balance, and fiscal policies of the United States government. Federal Reserve Board monetary policy has had a 
significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and it will continue to influence operating results in the 
future.  

Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism legislation. The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 requires financial institutions to maintain 
records and report transactions to prevent the financial institutions from being used to hide money derived from criminal activity and 
tax evasion. The Bank Secrecy Act establishes (a) record-keeping requirements to assist government enforcement agencies with 
tracing financial transactions and flow of funds, (b) reporting requirements for Suspicious Activity Reports and Currency Transaction 
Reports to assist government enforcement agencies with detecting patterns of criminal activity, (c) enforcement provisions authorizing 
criminal and civil penalties for illegal activities and violations of the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations, and (d) safe 
harbor provisions that protect financial institutions from civil liability for their cooperative efforts.  

The Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign 
countries, entities, and individuals based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals. As a result, financial institutions must 
scrutinize transactions to ensure that they do not represent obligations of or ownership interests in entities owned or controlled by 
sanctioned targets.  

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 requires financial institutions to establish due diligence policies, procedures, and controls reasonably 
designed to detect and report money laundering through correspondent accounts and private banking accounts, share information with 
law enforcement about individuals, entities, and organizations engaged in or suspected of engaging in terrorist acts or money 
laundering activities, and comply with regulations setting forth minimum standards regarding customer identification. These 
regulations require financial institutions to implement reasonable procedures for verifying the identity of any person seeking to open 
an account, maintain records of the information used to verify the person’s identity, and consult lists of known or suspected terrorists 
and terrorist organizations provided to the financial institution by government agencies.  

10 

 
 
 
 
 
Volcker Rule. In December 2013, five federal agencies adopted a final regulation implementing the Volcker Rule provision of 
the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Volcker Rule”).  The Volcker Rule places limits on the trading activity of insured depository institutions 
and entities affiliated with a depository institution, subject to certain exceptions.  The trading activity includes a purchase or sale as 
principal of a security, derivative, commodity future or option on any such instrument in order to benefit from short-term price 
movements or to realize short-term profits.  The Volcker Rule exempts specified U.S. Government, agency and/or municipal 
obligations, and it excepts trading conducted in certain capacities, including as a broker or other agent, through a deferred 
compensation or pension plan, as a fiduciary on behalf of customers, to satisfy a debt previously contracted, repurchase and securities 
lending agreements and risk-mitigating hedging activities.  

The Volcker Rule also prohibits a banking entity from having an ownership interest in, or certain relationships with, a hedge fund or 
private equity fund, with a number of exceptions.  Included among those prohibited investments are certain collateralized debt 
obligations (CDOs) collateralized by trust preferred securities (TruPS). While the five regulatory agencies issued an Interim Final 
Rule on January 14, 2014, granting relief from the prohibition against holding certain CDOs secured by TruPS issued by bank or thrift 
holding companies, the relief does not extend to CDOs collateralized by TruPS issued by insurance companies (iTruPS).  The 
Company maintained a position in nine iTruPS, which were sold in early 2014.  

The Company has no other investments prohibited by the Volcker Rule and does not engage in any of the trading activities governed 
by the Volcker Rule.                   

AVAILABLE INFORMATION 

The Company files an annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to 
those reports with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 Amended. The Company’s website 
is www.cortlandbank.com. The Company makes available through its website, free of charge, the reports filed with the SEC, as soon 
as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website that 
contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at 
www.sec.gov. The public may read and copy any materials filed with the Commission at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F 
Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10:00 am to 3:00 pm. The public may obtain 
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors  

Like all financial companies, the Company’s business and results of operations are subject to a number of risks, many of which are 
outside of our control. In addition to the other information in this report, readers should carefully consider that the following important 
factors could materially impact our business and future results of operations.  

Changes in economic and political conditions could adversely affect our earnings through declines in deposits, loan demand, the 
ability of its customers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing its loans. 

Our success depends, in part, on economic and political conditions, local and national, as well as governmental fiscal and monetary 
policies.  Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in interest rates, fiscal and monetary policy and other factors 
beyond the Company’s control may adversely affect its deposit levels and composition, demand for loans, the ability of its borrowers 
to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing the loans it makes.  The recent election of a new United States President is 
widely expected to result in substantial, unpredictable changes in economic and political conditions for the United States and the 
remainder of the world.  Economic turmoil in Europe and Asia and changes in oil production in the Middle East affect the economy 
and stock prices in the United States, which can affect our earnings and capital and the ability of its customers to repay loans.  Because 
the Company has a significant amount of real estate loans, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property 
used as collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. 

The enactment of new legislation or regulations may significantly affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

The Company is subject to regulations and supervision of the Federal Reserve, and the Bank is subject to regulation and supervision 
by the ODFI, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the CFPB.  The regulations are designed to protect customers and the Deposit 
Insurance Fund.  Regulations governing financial institutions are constantly undergoing change.  New regulations or amendments 
could adversely affect the Company's business.  Regulatory agencies have great discretion in connection with their supervisory and 
enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets held by an 
institution and the appropriateness of an institution's allowance for loan losses.  In addition, actions by regulatory agencies could cause 
the Company to devote significant time and resources to compliance and defense of its business and may lead to penalties that 
materially affect the Company. 

11 

 
 
In recent years, Congress and the banking regulators have increased their focus on the financial services industry.  The laws and 
regulations adopted have subjected the Company and the Bank to additional restrictions, oversight and costs that may have an impact 
on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  In 2013, the Company's and the Bank's primary federal regulator 
established a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations.  The new capital rules became effective for the 
Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to a phase-in period.  Although the implementation of the new rules is not expected to have a 
material impact on the Bank's capital ratios when fully phased in, any future changes to capital requirements may have such an effect.   

The election of a new President of the United States may result in substantial changes to laws and regulations applicable to financial 
institutions, including the Company and the Bank.  Even the reduction of regulatory restrictions could have an adverse effect on the 
Company and the Bank and the Company's shareholders if such lessening of restrictions increases competition within the financial 
services industry or the Company's market area. 

Further information about government regulation of the Company and the Bank may be found under the heading, "SUPERVISION 
AND REGULATION" in "ITEM 1.  BUSINESS" of this Form 10-K.           

Adverse changes in the financial markets may adversely impact our results of operations.  

While we generally invest in securities issued by U.S. government agencies and sponsored entities and U.S. state and local 
governments with limited credit risk, certain investment securities we hold possess higher credit risk since they represent beneficial 
interests in structured investments collateralized by residential mortgages, debt obligations and other similar asset-backed assets. 
Regardless of the level of credit risk, all investment securities are subject to changes in market value due to changing interest rates, 
implied credit spreads and credit ratings.  

We may be compelled to seek additional capital in the future but may not be able to access capital when needed.  

Federal banking agencies have adopted extensive changes to their capital requirements, including raising required amounts and 
eliminating inclusion of certain instruments from the calculation of capital. Should we experience significant loan losses, we may need 
additional capital. In addition, we may elect to raise additional capital to support our business, to finance acquisitions, if any, or for 
other purposes. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on our financial performance, conditions in the capital 
markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside of our control. There can be no assurance, 
therefore, that we can raise additional capital at all or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed or 
desired, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  

A default by another larger financial institution could adversely affect financial markets generally.  

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of relationships between the 
institutions. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide 
liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This “systemic risk” may adversely affect our business.  

Changes in national and local economic and political conditions could adversely affect our earnings, as our borrowers’ ability to 
repay loans and the value of the collateral securing our loans decline and as loans and deposits decline.  

There are inherent risks associated with our lending activities, including credit risk, which is the risk that borrowers may not repay 
outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing loans will decrease. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, 
changes in interest rates and money supply and other factors beyond our control may adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to 
repay their loans and the value of collateral securing the loans, which could adversely affect our earnings.   Recent changes in 
government, particularly the change in the U.S. President, could bring changes in all of such factors.  Because we have a significant 
amount of real estate loans, a decline in the value of real estate could have a material adverse effect on us. As of December 31, 2016, 
79.8% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial, commercial real estate, real estate construction and installment, all of which are 
generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans and all of which, with the exception of installment 
loans, are typically larger than residential real estate loans. Residential real estate loans held in the portfolio are typically originated 
using conservative underwriting standards that do not include sub-prime lending. We attempt to manage credit risk through a program 
of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions and an on-going process of assessment of the quality of the credit 
already extended. Economic and political changes could also adversely affect our deposits and loan demand, which could adversely 
affect our earnings and financial condition. Since substantially all of our loans are to individuals and businesses in Ohio, any decline 
in the economy of this market area could have a materially adverse effect on our credit risk and on our deposit and loan levels.  

12 

 
 
 
Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between (i) the interest earned on 
loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and (ii) the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive 
to many factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions, inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply and 
the policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities. If the interest we pay on deposits and other borrowings increases at a 
faster rate than the interest we receive on loans and other investments, our net interest income and therefore earnings, could be 
adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest we receive on loans and other investments falls more 
quickly than the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings. While we have taken measures intended to manage the risks of operating 
in a changing interest rate environment, there can be no assurance that these measures will be effective in avoiding undue interest rate 
risk.  

Increases in interest rates also can affect the value of loans and other assets, including our ability to realize gains on the sale of assets. 
We originate loans for sale and for our portfolio. Increasing interest rates may reduce the origination of loans for sale and 
consequently the fee income we earn on such sales. Further, increasing interest rates may adversely affect the ability of borrowers to 
pay the principal or interest on loans and leases, resulting in an increase in non-performing assets and a reduction of income 
recognized.  

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our earnings.  

We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are a significant 
number of financial institution failures or changes in the method of calculating premiums, we may be required to pay higher FDIC 
premiums. Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to continue 
to pay dividends on our common shares at the current rate or at all.  

Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient.  

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable loan losses based on management’s quarterly analysis of the loan 
portfolio. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States (GAAP) requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. One of our most critical 
estimates is the level of the allowance for loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, we cannot provide absolute 
assurance that we will not be required to charge earnings for significant unexpected loan losses. For more information on the 
sensitivity of these estimates, refer to the discussion of our “Critical Accounting Policies” in this report.  

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that we believe is a reasonable estimate of known and inherent losses within the loan 
portfolio. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of 
our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In deciding whether to 
extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information provided to us by 
customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of 
customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on 
reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to a business, we may assume that the customer’s 
audited financial statements conform with GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows of the customer. We may also rely on the audit report covering those financial statements. Our financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted to the extent that we rely on financial statements that do 
not comply with GAAP or on financial statements and other financial information that are materially misleading.  

Through a periodic review and consideration of the loan portfolio, management determines the amount of the allowance for loan 
losses by considering general market conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio, the collateral supporting the loans and 
performance of customers relative to their financial obligations with us. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in 
economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, which may be beyond our control, and these losses may 
exceed current estimates. We cannot fully predict the amount or timing of losses or whether the loss allowance will be adequate in the 
future. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our 
loan portfolio, resulting in additions could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In 
addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses as part of their examination process and may 
require management to increase the allowance or recognize further loan charge-offs based on judgments different than those of 
management. Any increase in the provision for loan losses would decrease our pretax and net income.  

13 

If we foreclose on collateral property and own the underlying real estate, we may be subject to the increased costs associated with 
the ownership of real property, resulting in reduced revenues.  

We may have to foreclose on collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which 
case we will be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a 
default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to: (i) general or local economic conditions; 
(ii) neighborhood values; (iii) interest rates; (iv) real estate tax rates; (v) operating expenses of the mortgaged properties; (vi) supply of 
and demand for rental units or properties; (vii) ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties; (viii) zoning laws; 
(ix) governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and (x) acts of God. Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real 
estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate. Therefore, the cost of 
operating a real property may exceed the rental income earned from such property, and we may have to advance funds in order to 
protect our investment, or we may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss. The foregoing expenditures and costs could 
adversely affect our ability to generate revenues, resulting in reduced levels of profitability.  

Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.  

In the course of our business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, commercial properties securing loans that are in default. There is a 
risk that hazardous substances could be discovered on those properties. In this event, we could be required to remove the substances 
from and remediate the properties at our cost and expense. The cost of removal and environmental remediation could be substantial. 
We may not have adequate remedies against the owners of the properties or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or 
impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operation.  

The loss of key members of our senior management team could adversely affect our business.  

We believe that our success depends largely on the efforts and abilities of our senior management. Their experience and industry 
contacts significantly benefit us. In addition, our success depends in part upon senior management’s ability to implement our business 
strategy. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of services of any of our 
senior executive officers or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business. 
We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our existing key personnel or attract additional qualified personnel.  

Loss of key employees may disrupt relationships with certain customers.  

Our business is primarily relationship-driven in that many of our key employees have extensive customer relationships. Loss of a key 
employee with such customer relationships may lead to the loss of business if the customers were to follow that employee to a 
competitor. While we believe our relationships with our key producers is good, we cannot guarantee that all of our key personnel will 
remain with our organization. Loss of such key personnel, should they enter into an employment relationship with one of our 
competitors, could result in the loss of some of our customers.  

The Bank may be required to repurchase loans it has sold or indemnify loan purchasers under the terms of the sale agreements, 
which could adversely affect the Company's liquidity, results of operations and financial condition. 

When the Bank sells a mortgage loan, it may agree to repurchase or substitute a mortgage loan if it is later found to have breached any 
representation or warranty the Bank made about the loan or if the borrower is later found to have committed fraud in connection with 
the origination of the loan.  The Bank's underwriting policies and procedures may not prevent every breach or fraud.  Repurchases or 
indemnifications may have an adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.  

The Company has operational risk. 

The Company has many types of operational risk, including those discussed in more detail in this Risk Factors section, such as cyber-
related risks, insufficient allowances for loan losses, errors in estimates in the preparation of financial statements, and risks related to 
future expansion.  The Company also has reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or 
outsiders and unauthorized transactions by employees, and operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors and errors 
resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems. 

The Company's operations may be disrupted by events beyond our control, including spikes in transaction volume or customer activity, 
electrical or telecommunications outages or natural disasters.  If our policies and systems designed to mitigate such problems fail to 
operate well, such failures could result in reputational damage, regulatory intervention and civil litigation, leading to financial loss or 
liability.  Negative public opinion could result from the Company's actual or alleged conduct with respect to a variety of its activities, 

14 

 
 
 
 
including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions.  Negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company's 
ability to attract and keep customers. 

The Company relies on vendors for certain processes.  The Company is exposed to the risk that its vendors may be unable to fulfill 
their contractual obligations or will suffer from the same risks as the Company has and that their business continuity systems may be 
inadequate, resulting in damage to the Company's reputation, loss of business, regulatory enforcement actions and civil litigation.  

We operate in an extremely competitive market, and our business will suffer if we are unable to compete effectively.  

In our market area, we encounter significant competition from other banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage 
banking firms, securities brokerage firms, asset management firms and insurance companies. The increasingly competitive 
environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service 
providers. The Company is smaller than many of our competitors. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources and 
lending limits than we do and may offer services that we do not or cannot provide.  

Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited.  

We are dependent primarily upon the earnings of our operating subsidiaries for funds to pay dividends on our common shares. The 
payment of dividends by us and our subsidiaries is subject to certain regulatory restrictions. As a result, any payment of dividends in 
the future will be dependent, in large part, on our ability to satisfy these regulatory restrictions and our subsidiaries’ earnings, capital 
requirements, financial condition and other factors. Although our financial earnings and financial condition have allowed us to declare 
and pay periodic cash dividends to our shareholders, there can be no assurance that our dividend policy or size of dividend distribution 
will continue in the future.  

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain.  

Management’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of 
operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods in 
order to ensure that they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment as to the most 
appropriate manner in which to record and report our financial condition and results of operations. One of the most critical estimates is 
the level of the allowance of loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, we cannot provide absolute assurance that we 
will not significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the provided 
allowance.  

Material breaches in security of our systems or those of third-party service providers may have a significant effect on our business.  

We collect, process and store sensitive consumer data by utilizing computer systems and telecommunications networks operated by 
both us and third-party service providers. We have security and backup and recovery systems in place, as well as a business continuity 
plan, to ensure the computer systems will not be inoperable, to the extent possible. We also have implemented security controls to 
prevent unauthorized access to the computer systems and require our third-party service providers to maintain similar controls. 
However, management cannot be certain that these measures will be successful. A security breach of the computer systems and loss of 
confidential information, such as customer account numbers and related information, could result in a loss of customers’ confidence 
and, thus, loss of business. In addition, unauthorized access to or use of sensitive data could subject us to litigation and liability and 
costs to prevent further such occurrences.  

The Bank’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process the bank’s transaction volumes poses the risk that 
technical system flaws or employee errors, tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses and may be difficult to 
detect. The Bank may also be subject to disruptions of the operating system arising from events that are beyond the bank’s control (for 
example, computer viruses, cyber attacks preventing customer access, electrical or telecommunications outages, natural disasters, 
terrorism or international hostilities). The Bank is further exposed to the risk that the third-party service providers may be unable to 
fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risks as the Bank). These disruptions may interfere with service to 
the Bank’s customers, cause additional regulatory scrutiny and result in a financial loss or liability.  

Further, we may be affected by data breaches at retailers and other third parties who participate in data interchanges with us and our 
customers that involve the theft of customer credit and debit card data, which may include the theft of our debit card PIN numbers and 
commercial card information used to make purchases at such retailers and other third parties. Such data breaches could result in us 
incurring significant expenses to reissue debit cards and cover losses, which could result in a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations. 

15 

 
Our assets at risk for cyber-attacks include financial assets and non-public information belonging to customers. We use several third-
party vendors who have access to our assets via electronic media. Certain cyber security risks arise due to this access, including cyber 
espionage, blackmail, ransom, and theft. As cyber and other data security threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend 
significant additional resources to continue to modify and enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any 
security vulnerabilities.  

Trading in our common shares is very limited, which may adversely affect the time and the price at which you can sell your 
Company common shares.  

Although the common shares of the Company are quoted on the OTC Market, trading in the Company’s common shares is not active, 
and the spread between the bid and the asked price is often wide. As a result, you may not be able to sell your shares on short notice, 
and the sale of a large number of shares at one time could temporarily depress the market price. The price at which you may be able to 
sell your common shares may be significantly lower than the price at which you could buy the Company’s common shares at that 
time.  

Our organizational documents may have the effect of discouraging a third party from acquiring us.  

Our articles of incorporation and code of regulations contain provisions, including a staggered board of directors and a supermajority 
vote requirement, that make it more difficult for a third party to gain control or acquire us without the consent of the board of 
directors. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and may make it more difficult for dissident shareholders to elect 
representatives as directors and take other corporate actions.  

Future expansion may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

We may acquire other financial institutions or parts of institutions in the future and may open new branches. We also may consider 
and enter into new lines of business or offer new products or services. Expansions of our business involve a number of expenses and 
risks, including:  
 

the time and costs associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions;  

 

 

the potential inaccuracy of estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risk with 
respect to the target institutions;  

the time and costs of evaluating new markets, hiring local management and opening new offices, and the delay between 
commencing these activities and the generation of profits from the expansion;  

  our ability to finance an acquisition or other expansion and the possible dilution to our existing shareholders;  
 

the diversion of management’s attention to the negotiation of a transaction and the integration of the operations and 
personnel of the combining businesses;  
entry into unfamiliar markets;  
the introduction of new products and services into our existing business;  

the incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects 
on our results of operations; and  
the risk of loss of key employees and customers.  

 

 

 

 

We may incur substantial costs to expand, and we can give no assurance that such expansion will result in the levels of profits we 
expect. Neither can we assure that integration efforts for any future acquisitions will be successful. We may issue equity securities in 
connection with acquisitions, which could dilute the economic and voting interests of our existing shareholders.  

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

The Company’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how our financial condition and results of operations are 
recorded and reported. The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and other 
regulatory bodies, from time to time may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company 
records and reports financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or 
revised standard retroactively, resulting in changes to previously reported financial results, or a cumulative charge to retained 
earnings. Management may be required to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. 
Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.  

16 

The Company undertakes no obligation and disclaims any intention to publish revised information or updates to forward-looking 
statements contained in the above risk factors or in any other statement made at any time by any director, officer, employee or other 
representative of the Company unless and until any such revisions or updates are required to be disclosed by applicable securities laws 
or regulations.  

Changes in tax laws could adversely affect our performance.  

We are subject to extensive federal, state and local taxes, including income, excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, withholding and ad 
valorem taxes. Changes to our taxes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, our customers are 
subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local taxes. Changes in taxes paid by our customers, including changes in the 
deductibility of mortgage loan related expenses, may adversely affect their ability to purchase homes or consumer products, which 
could adversely affect their demand for our loans and deposit products. In addition, such negative effects on our customers could 
result in defaults on the loans we have made and decrease the value of mortgage-backed securities in which we have invested.  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments — Not applicable to the Company because it is a smaller reporting company.  

Item 2. Properties  
The Company’s operations are conducted at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio.  

Full service banking business is conducted at a total of fourteen offices, including:  

BOARDMAN 
Victor Hills Plaza 
6538 South Avenue 
Boardman, Ohio 44512 
330-629-9151 

BRISTOL 
6090 State Route 45 
Bristolville, Ohio 44402 
330-889-3062 

BROOKFIELD 
7202 Warren-Sharon Road 
Brookfield, Ohio 44403 
330-448-6814 

CANFIELD 
3615 Boardman-Canfield Road 
Canfield, Ohio 44406 
330-941-5867 

CORTLAND 
194 West Main Street 
Cortland, Ohio 44410 
330-637-8040 

HUBBARD 
890 West Liberty Street 
Hubbard, Ohio 44425 
330-534-2265 

HUDSON 
75 S. Main St. 
Hudson, OH 44236 
330-342-1100 

MANTUA 
11661 State Route 44 
Mantua, Ohio 44255 
330-274-3111 

NILES PARK PLAZA 
815 Youngstown-Warren Road 
Suite 1 
Niles, Ohio 44446 
330-652-8700 

NORTH LIMA 
9001 Market Street 
North Lima, Ohio 44452 
330-758-5884 

VIENNA 
4434 Warren-Sharon Road 
Vienna, Ohio 44473 
330-394-1438 

WARREN 
2935 Elm Road 
Warren, Ohio 44483 
330-372-1520 

WILLIAMSFIELD 
5917 U.S. Route 322 
Williamsfield, Ohio 44093 
440-293-7502 

WINDHAM 
8950 Maple Grove Road 
Windham, Ohio 44288 
330-326-2340 

The Bank’s main and administrative office is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio. The Bank leases two financial service 
centers in Beachwood, Ohio and Fairlawn, Ohio. The Hubbard, Niles Park Plaza, Hudson and Boardman offices are leased, while all 
of the other offices are owned by the Bank.  

Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

The Bank is involved from time to time in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business. In the opinion of 
management, the outcomes from such legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material 
effect on the Company.  

17 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures – Not applicable 

Executive Officers of the Registrant  
The names, ages and positions of the executive officers as of March 23, 2017 are as follows:  

Name 
James M. Gasior 
Timothy Carney 
David J. Lucido 
Stanley P. Feret 

Age 
57 
51 
59 
56 

    Position Held 
   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
   Executive Vice President, Chief Operations Officer and Director 
   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
   Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer 

Principal Occupation and Business Experience of Executive Officers  
During the past five years the business experience of each of the executive officers has been as follows:  

Mr. Gasior has been President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank since November 2, 2009. Mr. Gasior is a 
director of the Company and the Bank since November 2005.  

Mr. Carney has been Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank since November 2, 2009. 
Mr. Carney is a director of the Company and the Bank since November 2009. 

Mr. Lucido was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank on January 18, 2010.  

Mr. Feret was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company and the Bank on March 10, 2010.  

PART II  

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  
The following is information regarding market information, holders and dividends.  

The Company files quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, an annual report on Form 10-K, current reports on Form 8-K, and proxy 
statements, as well as any amendments to those reports and statements, with the SEC pursuant to section 13(a) or (15)d of the 
Exchange Act. In 2017, the Company’s quarterly reports will be filed within 45 days of the end of each quarter, and the Company’s 
annual report will be filed within 90 days of the end of the year. Any person may access these reports and statements free of charge, as 
soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC, by visiting our web site at 
www.cortlandbank.com or by writing to:  

Deborah L. Eazor  
Cortland Bancorp  
194 West Main Street  
Cortland, Ohio 44410  

The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov where our filings and other information may be obtained free of charge.  

The Company’s common shares trade on the OTCQX under the symbol CLDB. The following brokerage firm is known to be 
relatively active in trading the Company’s common shares:  

Boenning & Scattergood  
9922 Brewster Lane  
Powell, OH 43065  
Telephone: 866-326-8113  

18 

  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
The following table shows the dividends declared during the periods indicated and the prices at which the common shares of the 
Company have actually been purchased and sold in market transactions. The range of market prices is compiled from data available 
from the OTCQX, a financial marketplace for 10,000 U.S. and global securities that recently expanded to include financial institutions 
that meet the capital requirements and disclosure commitments as established by the OTC.  The data may not necessarily represent all 
transactions. As of March 15, 2017, the Company had approximately 1,299 shareholders of record.  

2016 
Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 
2015 
Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 
2014 
Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

High 

Price Per Share 
Low 

Close 

      Cash Dividends 
     Declared Per Share   

$ 

$ 

$ 

17.70     $ 
16.00       
15.80       
16.55       

15.90     $ 
15.00       
15.60       
16.00       

15.95     $ 
13.85       
13.00       
11.00       

15.36     $ 
14.76       
14.45       
15.30       

14.31     $ 
13.00       
14.15       
15.16       

13.50     $ 
11.80       
10.51       
10.25       

17.50     $ 
15.61       
15.00       
15.40       

15.90     $ 
14.31       
14.15       
15.30       

15.75     $ 
13.50       
11.90       
10.60       

0.07   
0.07   
0.07   
0.07   

0.06   
0.06   
0.06   
0.06   

0.05   
0.05   
0.05   
0.03   

For current share prices, please access our website at www.cortlandbank.com.  

The Bank is subject to a dividend restriction that generally limits the amount of dividends that can be paid by an Ohio state-chartered 
bank. Under the Ohio Banking Code, cash dividends may not exceed net profits as defined for that year combined with retained net 
profits for the two preceding years less any required transfers to surplus. Under this formula, the amount available for payment of 
dividends in 2017 is $5.0 million plus 2017 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration.  

For the convenience of shareholders, the Company has established a plan whereby shareholders may have their dividends 
automatically reinvested in the common shares of the Company. Participation in the plan is completely voluntary and shareholders 
may withdraw at any time.  

Shareholder and General Inquiries 
Cortland Bancorp 
194 West Main Street 
Cortland, Ohio 44410 
(330) 637-8040 
Attention: Deborah L. Eazor 
Vice President 
DEazor@cortlandbank.com 

   Transfer Agent 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 
6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn, NY 11219 
(888) 509-4619 

Please contact our transfer agent directly for assistance in changing your address, elimination of duplicate mailings, transferring shares 
or replacing lost, stolen or destroyed share certificates. Other questions regarding your status as a shareholder of the Company may be 
addressed to the Company as indicated above.  

The Company did not repurchase any of its common shares during 2016 or sell any of its shares without registration during 2016, 
2015 or 2014. 

19 

  
  
  
  
     
     
    
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data  

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS 
Total interest income 
Total interest expense 
Net interest income (NII) 
Provision for loan losses 
NII after loss provision 
Investment security gains (losses), including impairment losses 
Mortgage banking gains 
Other income 

Total non-interest income 

Total non-interest expenses 

Income before tax expense (benefit) 

Federal income tax expense (benefit) 

Net income 

PER COMMON SHARE DATA (1) 
Earnings per share, basic and diluted 
Cash dividends declared per share 
Book value 
BALANCE SHEET DATA 
Assets 
Investment securities 
Loans held for sale 
Loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Deposits 
Borrowings 
Subordinated debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
AVERAGE BALANCES 
Assets 
Investment securities 
Loans 
Loans held for sale 
Deposits 
Borrowings 
Subordinated debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS 
Loan charge-offs 
Recoveries on loans 
Net charge-offs 

Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans 
Loans 30+ days delinquent as a percentage of total loans 
Nonperforming loans 
Nonperforming securities 
Other real estate owned 
Total nonperforming assets 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans 
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of: 

Total assets 
Equity plus allowance for loan losses 
Tier I capital 
FINANCIAL RATIOS 
Return on average equity 
Return on average assets 
Effective tax rate 
Average equity-to-average asset ratio 
Tangible equity ratio 
Cash dividend payout ratio 
Net interest margin 

(In thousands of dollars, except for ratios and per share amounts) 
Years Ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

22,555   
2,918   
19,637   
50   
19,587   
419   
1,248   
2,930   
4,597   
18,186   
5,998   
1,127   
4,871   

1.11   
0.28   
13.05   

655,184   
179,219   
4,554   
419,768   
4,868   
539,850   
43,202   
5,155   
57,670   

608,298   
166,690   
385,667   
4,506   
496,917   
36,292   
5,155   
58,923   

(614 )    
238   
(376 )    

0.10 %   
1.04 %   
8,286   
825   
—   
9,111   

58.75 %   

1.39 % 

14.57   
13.88   

8.27 %   
0.80   
18.79   
9.69   
10.46   
25.23   
3.63   

$ 

  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

21,113       $ 
2,607      
18,506      
455      
18,051      
64      
785      
3,060      
3,909   
16,363      
5,597   
1,219      
4,378   

  $ 

20,665       $ 
2,884      
17,781   
1,638      
16,143      
915      
440      
2,772      
4,127   
15,499      
4,771   

902      

3,869   

  $ 

20,060       $ 
3,404         
16,656   

650         
16,006         
(1,234 )       
1,491         
2,488         
2,745   
16,879         
1,872   

88         
  $ 

1,784   

21,015   
4,071   
16,944   
3,020   
13,924   
(157 ) 
1,772   
2,573   
4,188   
15,357   
2,755   
(158 ) 
2,913   

0.97       $ 
0.24      
12.87      

0.85       $ 
0.18      
12.33      

0.39       $ 
0.12         
10.94         

0.64   
0.03   
10.93   

612,443       $ 
162,035      
4,033      
394,254      
5,194      
496,404      
44,499      
5,155      
56,684      

568,897       $ 
166,155      
356,105      
2,504      
454,920      
43,761      
5,155      
56,625      

(723 )     $ 
260      
(463 )     $ 

0.13 %   
1.80 %   
11,542       $ 
778      
61      
12,381       $ 

568,932       $ 
170,108      
632      
360,185      
5,202      
456,761      
44,759      
5,155      
55,852      

542,542       $ 
175,000      
325,747      
814      
428,468      
46,886      
5,155      
53,648      

(594 )     $ 
394      
(200 )     $ 

0.06 %   
2.22 %   
9,237       $ 
779      
40      
10,056       $ 

556,918       $ 
168,133         
656         
346,833         
3,764         
448,669         
46,404         
5,155         
49,535         

540,510       $ 
181,051         
306,411         
12,003         
435,550         
44,127         
5,155         
49,449         

(1,022 )     $ 
311         
(711 )     $ 

0.23 %      
0.54 %      
6,120       $ 
1,203         
33         
7,356       $ 

582,240   
184,646   
24,756   
317,282   
3,825   
476,901   
46,051   
5,155   
49,452   

528,075   
183,514   
287,723   
13,311   
424,337   
44,054   
5,155   
48,598   

(2,415 ) 
162   
(2,253 ) 

0.78 % 
0.94 % 

5,668   
674   
145   
6,487   

45.00 %   

56.32 % 

61.50 % 

67.48 % 

2.02 % 

20.01   
19.99   

7.73 %   
0.77      
21.78      
9.95      
10.62      
24.74      
3.65      

1.77 % 

16.47   
17.13   

7.21 %   
0.71      
18.91      
9.89      
10.66      
21.18      
3.67      

1.32 % 

13.80   
13.39   

3.61 %      
0.33         
4.70         
9.15         
10.35         
30.77         
3.41         

1.11 % 

12.16   
12.01   

5.99 % 
0.55   
(5.74 ) 
9.20   
9.63   
4.69   
3.58   

(1) 

Basic earnings per common share are based on weighted average shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is after consideration of common stock equivalent. Cash 
dividends per common share are based on actual cash dividends declared. Book value per common share is based on shares outstanding at each period end.  

For more information see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and 
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.  

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
          
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
          
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
          
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
          
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
          
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
          
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

The following schedules show average balances of interest-earning and non interest-earning assets and liabilities, and shareholders’ 
equity for the years indicated. Also shown are the related amounts of interest earned or paid and the related average yields or interest 
rates paid for the years indicated. The averages are based on daily balances.  

Interest-earning assets: 

Interest-earning deposits and other earning assets 
Available-for-sale securities (Note 1, 2, 3): 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies 
   and corporations 
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions - 
   taxable 
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions - 
   nontaxable 
U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass through 
   certificates 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business 
   administration pools 
Other securities 

Total available-for-sale securities 
Trading securities (Note 1, 2, 3) 
Loans (Note 1, 2, 3, 4) 

Total interest-earning assets 

Noninterest-earning assets: 
Cash and due from banks 
Premises and equipment 
Other assets 

Total assets 

 Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Deposits: 
Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings 
Time 

Total interest-bearing deposits 
 Borrowings: 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase 
Subordinated debt 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 

Total borrowings 
Total interest-bearing liabilities 

 Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 

Demand deposits 
Other liabilities 
Shareholders' equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 
Net interest income 

Net interest rate spread (Note 5) 

Net interest margin (Note 6) 

(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars) 

Average 
Balance 
Outstanding   

2016 
Interest 
Earned 
or Paid    

  Yield or 
Rate 

2015 

2014 

Average 
Balance 
Outstanding   

Interest 
Earned 
or Paid   

Yield 
or 
Rate    

Average 
Balance 
Outstanding   

Interest 
Earned 
or Paid   

Yield 
or 
Rate    

$ 

8,233     $ 

44       

0.54 % 

   $ 

5,930     $ 

19        0.32 % 

   $ 

6,686     $ 

21        0.31 % 

3,703       

98       

2.63 % 

11,356       

301        2.65 % 

9,004       

210        2.33 % 

1,757       

65       

3.69 % 

4,665       

162        3.47 % 

4,779       

165        3.45 % 

58,387        2,647       

4.53 % 

45,169        2,211        4.90 % 

44,157        2,182        4.94 % 

85,448        1,647       

1.93 % 

91,017        1,836        2.02 % 

103,228        2,230        2.16 % 

9,040       
4,326       

166       
145       
162,661        4,768       
94       
390,173        18,570       
565,096     $ 23,476       

4,029       

1.84 % 
3.35 % 
2.93 %   
2.33 % 
4.76 % 
4.15 %   

1,248       
4,702       

18        1.44 % 
153        3.25 % 
158,157        4,681        2.96 %   
362        4.53 % 
358,609       16,933        4.72 % 
530,694     $ 21,995        4.14 %   

7,998       

—        —        —   

6,200       

197        3.18 % 
167,368        4,984        2.98 % 
397        5.20 % 
326,561       16,154        4.95 % 
508,247     $ 21,556        4.24 % 

7,632       

7,844         
9,038         
26,320         
$  608,298         

7,399         
7,165         
23,639         
$  568,897         

7,229         
6,553         
20,513         
$  542,542         

435       
$  137,505     $ 
113,125       
78       
134,523        1,580       
385,153        2,093       

0.32 % 
0.07 % 
1.17 % 
0.54 %   

269        0.24 %   
   $  110,130     $ 
113,272       
66        0.06 % 
133,490        1,333        1.00 % 
356,892        1,668        0.47 %   

$ 

178        0.19 % 
92,338     $ 
114,408       
66        0.06 % 
130,792        1,450        1.11 % 
337,538        1,694        0.50 % 

2,249       
5,155       
13,550       
20,493       
41,447       

7       
112       
73       
633       
825       
426,600     $  2,918       

0.31 % 
2.13 % 
0.54 % 
3.09 % 
1.99 %   
0.68 %   

4,082       
5,155       
14,674       
25,005       
48,916       

4        0.10 % 
91        1.75 % 
40        0.27 % 
804        3.22 % 
939        1.92 %   
405,808     $  2,607        0.64 %   

4,141       
3        0.07 % 
5,155       
88        1.70 % 
17,541       
156        0.89 % 
943        3.74 % 
25,204       
52,041        1,190        2.29 % 
389,579     $  2,884        0.74 % 

111,764         
11,011         
58,923         
$  608,298         

98,028         
8,436         
56,625         
$  568,897         

90,930         
8,385         
53,648         
$  542,542         

    $ 20,558         

    $ 19,388          

    $ 18,672          

3.47 %   

3.63 %   

       3.50 %   

       3.65 %   

       3.50 % 

       3.67 % 

Note 1 – Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities and loans. 
Note 2 – The amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory rate of 34%, and have been adjusted to 

reflect the effect of disallowed interest expenses related to carrying tax-exempt assets. The tax equivalent income adjustment 
for loans and investments available-for-sale and trading was $16,000 and $905,000, respectively, for December 31, 2016; 
$24,000 and $858,000, respectively, for December 31, 2015; and $34,000 and $857,000, respectively, for December 31, 
2014.  

Note 3 – Average balance outstanding includes the average amount outstanding of all non-accrual investment securities and loans. 

Investment securities consist of average total principal adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount and 
include both taxable and tax-exempt securities. Loans consist of average total loans, including loans held for sale, less 
average unearned income. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
     
        
         
     
     
        
         
  
     
        
        
  
       
        
         
  
       
        
         
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
     
        
         
     
     
        
         
  
  
        
  
     
         
  
     
         
  
  
        
  
     
         
  
     
         
  
  
        
  
     
         
  
     
         
  
        
  
  
         
     
         
  
     
        
        
  
  
     
        
         
     
     
        
         
  
     
        
        
  
        
        
         
  
        
        
         
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
     
        
         
     
     
        
         
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
     
        
         
     
     
        
         
  
  
        
  
     
         
  
     
         
  
  
        
  
     
         
  
     
         
  
  
        
  
  
  
         
     
  
         
  
        
  
  
         
     
         
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
        
      
     
        
     
        
     
        
      
     
        
     
        
  
Note 4 – Interest earned on loans includes net loan fees of $684,000 in 2016, $486,000 in 2015 and $487,000 in 2014.  
Note 5 – Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing 

liabilities.  

Note 6 – Net interest margin is calculated by dividing the net interest income by total interest-earning assets. 

FINANCIAL REVIEW  

The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. The 
discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and summary financial 
information included elsewhere in this annual report.  

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements. In addition to historical 
information, certain information included in this discussion and other materials filed or to be filed by the Company with the SEC 
(as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company) may contain 
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” 
“contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” or similar terminology identify forward-looking statements. These statements 
reflect management’s beliefs and assumptions, and are based on information currently available to management.  

Economic circumstances, the Company’s operations and actual results could differ significantly from those discussed in any forward-
looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are changes in the economy and interest 
rates either nationally or in the Company’s market area, including the impact of the impairment of securities; political actions, 
including failure of the United States Congress to raise the federal debt ceiling or the imposition of changes in the federal budget; 
changes in customer preferences and consumer behavior; increased competitive pressures or changes in either the nature or 
composition of competitors; changes in the legal and regulatory environment; changes in factors influencing liquidity, such as 
expectations regarding the rate of inflation or deflation, currency exchange rates, and other factors influencing market volatility; 
changes in assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses, reserves for repurchase of mortgage loans 
sold and other estimates; and risks associated with other global economic, political and financial factors.  

While actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements, the Company undertakes no 
obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, even if new information becomes available.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES  

The discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based upon the Consolidated Financial 
Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). The preparation 
of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management which has a material impact on the 
carrying value of certain assets and liabilities; management considers such accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The 
judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.  

Management believes the following are critical accounting policies that require the most significant judgments and estimates used in 
the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

22 

Accounting for the Allowance for Loan Losses  

The determination of the allowance for loan losses and the resulting amount of the provision for loan losses charged to operations 
reflects management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration changes in lending 
policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and, in the 
terms of loans, changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management, changes in the volume and severity of past due, 
non-accrual and adversely classified or graded loans, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes in the value of 
underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and the effect of 
competition, legal and regulatory requirements and other external factors. The nature of the process by which we determine the 
appropriate allowance for loan losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. While management utilizes its best judgment and 
information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the 
performance of the loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan 
classifications. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs when management believes 
the uncollectibility of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. A weakening of the economy 
or other factors that adversely affect asset quality could result in an increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults 
and a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge offs, and provision for loan losses in future periods.  

The Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances based on probable 
losses on specific loans; (ii) valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics 
and trends; and (iii) general valuation allowances based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal 
and external to the Company. These elements support the basis for determining allocations between the various loan categories and the 
overall adequacy of our allowance to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  

With these methodologies, a general allowance is established for each loan type based on historical losses for each loan type in the 
portfolio. Additionally, management allocates a specific allowance for “Impaired Credits,” which is based on current information and 
events, if it is probable the Company will not collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. 
The level of the general allowance is established to provide coverage for management’s estimate of the credit risk in the loan portfolio 
by various loan segments not covered by the specific allowance. Additional information regarding allowance for credit losses can be 
found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

Investment Securities and Impairment  

The classification and accounting for investment securities is discussed in detail in Item 8, Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. Investment securities must be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. The appropriate classification is 
based partially on the Company’s ability to hold the securities to maturity and largely on management’s intentions, if any, with respect 
to either holding or selling the securities. The classification of investment securities is significant since it directly impacts the 
accounting for unrealized gains and losses on securities. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities, if any, flow directly through 
earnings during the periods in which they arise, whereas available-for-sale securities are recorded as a separate component of 
shareholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income or loss) and do not affect earnings until realized. The fair values of the 
Company’s investment securities are generally determined by reference to quoted market prices and reliable independent sources. At 
each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there is an “other-than-temporary” impairment to the Company’s investment 
securities. Such impairment must be recognized in current earnings rather than in other comprehensive income (loss).  

For debt securities, ASC topic 320 requires an entity to assess whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or it is more-likely-
than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, an other-
than-temporary-impairment (OTTI) loss on the security must be recognized.  

In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-
likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost 
basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), ASC topic 320 changes the presentation and amount of the 
OTTI recognized in the income statement.  

In these instances, the impairment is separated into the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss and the amount of the 
total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. The 
amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The total OTTI is 
presented in the income statement with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized in other comprehensive income 
(loss). In determining the amount of impairment related to credit loss, the Company uses a third party discounted cash flow model, 
several inputs for which require estimation and judgment. Among these inputs are projected deferral and default rates and estimated 
recovery rates. Realization of events different than that projected could result in a large variance in the values of the securities.  

23 

Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

Income Taxes  

The provision for income taxes is based on income reported for financial statement purposes and differs from the amount of taxes 
currently payable, since certain income and expense items are reported for financial statement purposes in different periods than those 
for tax reporting purposes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Item 8, Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Accrued 
taxes represent the net estimated amount due or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued taxes, the Company 
assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and 
regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position.  

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of our assets and liabilities at 
enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. We conduct periodic assessments of deferred tax 
assets to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that they will be realized. In making these assessments, we consider taxable income in 
prior periods, projected future taxable income, potential tax planning strategies and projected future reversals of deferred tax items. 
These assessments involve a certain degree of subjectivity which may change significantly depending on the related circumstances.  

CORPORATE PROFILE  

The Company, with total assets of approximately $655.2 million at December 31, 2016, is a bank holding company headquartered in 
Cortland, Ohio whose principle activity is to manage, supervise and otherwise serve as a source of strength to the Bank.  

Cortland Banks is a state chartered bank engaged in commercial and retail banking services. The Bank offers a full range of financial 
services to its local communities with an ongoing strategic focus on commercial banking relationships. 

The Bank’s results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which, in part, is a direct result of the market interest rate 
environment. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid 
on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by the shape of the market yield curve, the repricing of interest-earning 
assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the prepayment rate of mortgage-related assets. Results of operations may be affected 
significantly by general and local economic conditions, particularly those with respect to changes in market interest rates, credit 
quality, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authority.  

2016 OVERVIEW  

In 2016, the Company’s net income was $4.9 million compared to $4.4 million in 2015. Amid more rigorous regulatory standards and 
an uncertain economy, the Company continues to follow its core strategic direction. Operating results reflect its commitment to 
growing loans and deposits in the markets in which it operates and in producing consistent positive earnings.  

The Company’s financial results for 2016 were affected by these notable specific factors:  

•  Diluted earnings per share (EPS) grew 14.4% to $1.11 for the full year 2016, compared to $0.97 per diluted share for 2015.  

•  For 2016, net interest income grew 6.1% to $19.6 million compared to $18.5 million for 2015.  

•  For 2016, non-interest income, excluding investment gains, grew 8.6% to $4.2 million from $3.8 million for 2015.   

•  Net interest margin (“NIM”) was 3.63% for 2016 compared to 3.65% for 2015.      

• 

In 2016, total deposits grew 8.8% to $539.9 million from $496.4 million at December 31, 2015.  

•  Total loans increased 6.5%, to $419.8 million, compared to $394.3 million at December 31, 2015.  

•  Mortgage banking revenue grew 59.0% to $1.2 million in 2016, compared to $785,000 in 2015.  

•  Nonperforming assets decreased to $9.1 million, or 1.39% of total assets, at December 31, 2016, compared to $12.4 

million, or 2.02% of total assets a year earlier. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.16% at December 31, 2016, compared to 1.32% at 

December 31, 2015. 

•  The Company remained well capitalized with total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 15.10% and tangible 

equity to tangible assets of 8.80%.   

In the midst of earnings pressures brought on by economic instability, interest rate compression and increased competition, the 
Company devoted substantial attention in 2016 and 2015 to profit improvement measures and balance sheet positioning. The 
Company’s management team continues to focus on measures designed to maintain capital and to provide for adequate liquidity for 
lending and business development purposes. New strategies are being pursued to improve market penetration and product expansion, 
with the objective of increasing both the interest income and non-interest income revenue base.  

Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2016 was $57.7 million, representing a ratio of equity capital to total assets of 8.8%. In 
comparison, total shareholders’ equity was $56.7 million at December 31, 2015, representing a ratio of equity capital to total assets of 
9.3%. A component of shareholders’ equity is accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which includes the net after-tax 
impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available-for-sale. Net unrealized losses on available-for-
sale investment securities, net of tax, were $2.9 million at December 31, 2016, compared with net unrealized losses, net of tax, of 
$147,000 at December 31, 2015. Such unrealized gains or losses represent the difference, net of applicable income tax effect, between 
the estimated fair value and amortized cost of investment securities classified as available-for-sale. The post-election rise in interest 
rates significantly affected securities valuations in the fourth quarter.  

Return on average equity was 8.27% in 2016, compared to 7.73% in 2015, while return on average assets measured 0.80% in 2016 
and 0.77% in 2015. Book value per share increased by $0.18 to $13.05 at December 31, 2016 from $12.87 at December 31, 2015. The 
price of the Company’s common shares traded in a range between a low of $14.45 and a high of $17.70, closing the year at $17.50 per 
share.  

The Company continues to maintain capital sufficient to be deemed well capitalized under all regulatory measures. In the current 
regulatory environment, regulatory oversight bodies expect banks to maintain ratios above the statutory levels as a margin of safety.  

CERTAIN NON-GAAP MEASURES  

Certain financial information has been determined by methods other than GAAP. Specifically, certain financial measures are based on 
core earnings rather than net income. Core earnings exclude income, expense, gains and losses that either are not reflective of ongoing 
operations or that are not expected to reoccur with any regularity or reoccur with a high degree of uncertainty and volatility. Such 
information may be useful to both investors and management and can aid them in understanding the Company’s current performance 
trends and financial condition. Core earnings are a supplemental tool for analysis and not a substitute for GAAP net income. 
Reconciliation from GAAP net income to the non-GAAP measure of core earnings is referenced as part of management’s discussion 
and analysis of quarterly and year-to-date financial results of operations.  

Core earnings, which exclude non-recurring items, were $4.7 million in 2016 compared to $4.4 million in 2015 and $3.7 million in 
2014. Core earnings per share were $1.07 in 2016, $0.97 in 2015 and $0.83 in 2014.  

The following is a reconciliation between core earnings and earnings under GAAP:  

GAAP earnings 
Investment gains not in the ordinary course of business (net of tax)  * 
Net losses from the extinguishment of debt (net of tax) ** 
Reversal of deferred tax valuation allowance 
Core earnings 
Core earnings per share 

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

$ 

$ 
$ 

4,871      $ 
(191 )      
160        
(93 )      
4,747      $ 
1.07      $ 

4,378      $ 
—        
—        
—        
4,378      $ 
0.97      $ 

3,869   
(127 ) 
—   
—   
3,742   
0.83   

* 

The gains in 2016 were harvested to offset the early payoff penalties on FHLB long-term notes. The gains in 2014 are from the 
sale of securities due to the Volcker Rule.  
**  Loss on the early payoff of FHLB long term debt. 

25 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
Although the provision for loan losses is considered core earnings, it is worthy of note that $1.3 million of the $1.6 million provision 
in 2014 relates to a specific provision on loans to one related group of entities. 

BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION  

The following table illustrates, during the years presented, the mix of the Company’s funding sources and the assets in which those 
funds are invested as a percentage of the Company’s average total assets at December 31 for the periods indicated. Average assets 
totaled $608.3 million in 2016 compared to $568.9 million in 2015 and $542.5 million in 2014.  

Sources of Funds: 
Deposits: 

Non-interest bearing 
Interest bearing 

Long-term debt and other borrowings 
Subordinated debt 
Other non-interest bearing liabilities 
Shareholders' equity 

Total 

Uses of Funds: 

Loans, including loans held for sale 
Investment securities 
Interest-earning deposits and other earning assets 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Partnerships and other investments 
Other non-interest earning assets 

Total 

2016 

December 31, 
2015 

2014 

18.4 %   
63.3   
6.0   
0.8   
1.8   
9.7   
100.0 %   

64.1 %   
27.4   
1.4   
2.8   
1.0   
3.3   
100.0 %   

17.2 %   
62.7      
7.7      
0.9      
1.5      
10.0      
100.0 %   

63.0 %   
29.2      
1.0      
3.0      
1.0      
2.8      
100.0 %   

16.8 % 
62.2   
8.6   
1.0   
1.5   
9.9   
100.0 % 

60.2 % 
32.3   
1.2   
3.0   
0.3   
3.0   
100.0 % 

Deposits continue to be the Company’s primary source of funding. During 2016, the relative mix of deposits has remained steady with 
interest-bearing being the main source. Average non-interest bearing deposits totaled 22.5% of total average deposits in 2016, 
compared to 21.6% in 2015 and 21.2% in 2014. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

The Company primarily invests funds in loans and securities. Loans continue to be the focus of the Company’s asset allocation. 
Average securities increased $535,000, or 0.3%, to $166.7 million during 2016 from $166.2 million in 2015, while average loans 
increased by $31.6 million, or 8.8%, to $390.2 million during 2016 from $358.6 million in 2015.  

ASSET QUALITY  

The Company’s management regularly monitors and evaluates trends in asset quality. Loan review practices and procedures require 
detailed monthly analysis of delinquencies, nonperforming assets and other sensitive credits. Loans are moved to non-accrual status 
once they reach 90 days past due or when analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates the collection of interest and principal is 
in doubt. Non-performing loans include loans in non-accrual status, restructured loans and real estate acquired in satisfaction of debts 
previously contracted.  

Additionally, as part of the Company’s loan review process, management routinely evaluates risks which could potentially affect the 
ability to collect loan balances in their entirety. Reviews of individual credits, aggregate account relationships or any concentration of 
credits in particular industries are subject to a detailed loan review.  

Gross income that would have been recorded in 2016 on these nonperforming loans, had they been in compliance with their original 
terms, was $555,000. Interest income that actually was included in income on these loans amounted to $436,000. In addition to 
nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets include nonperforming investment securities. Gross income that would have been 
recorded in 2016 on nonperforming investments, had they been in compliance with their original terms, was $42,000. Interest income 
that actually was included in income on these investments amounted to $28,000. There are no accruing loans which are contractually 
past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments.  

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The following table depicts the trend in these potentially problematic asset categories:  

Non-accrual loans: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total non-accrual loans 

Investment securities 
Other real estate owned 
Troubled debt restructured loans 

Nonperforming assets 

Loans past due greater than 30 days 
   or on nonaccrual 

2016 

2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—      $ 
1,458        
1,265        
55        
—        
2,778        
825        
—        
5,508        
9,111      $ 

1,196      $ 
2,176        
1,252        
262        
—        
4,886        
778        
61        
6,656        
12,381      $ 

1,824      $ 
2,247        
1,331        
149        
6        
5,557        
779        
40        
3,680        
10,056      $ 

98      $ 
1,279        
481        
72        
16        
1,946        
1,203        
33        
4,174        
7,356      $ 

49   
2,336   
489   
72   
27   
2,973   
674   
145   
2,695   
6,487   

4,533      $ 

7,242      $ 

8,201      $ 

2,176      $ 

3,248   

Non-accrual loans as a percentage of total loans 
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets 
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of equity capital 
   plus allowance for loan losses 

2016 

2015 

December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2012 

0.66 %      
1.39 %      

1.24 %      
2.02 %      

1.54 %      
1.77 %      

0.56 %      
1.32 %      

0.94 % 
1.11 % 

14.57 %      

20.01 %      

16.47 %      

13.80 %      

12.16 % 

As of December 31, 2016, there were $3.7 million in loans not included in this table where known information about borrowers’ 
possible credit problems caused management to have some doubts as to the ability of these borrowers to comply with present loan 
payment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans in this table.  

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis ranged from a high of $5.6 million in 2014 to a low of $1.9 million in 2013. Non-accrual 
loans in 2016 of $2.8 million is lower than the average of the past five years, which is $3.6 million. The increase in non-accrual loans 
from 2013 to 2015 was mainly due to loans to one related group in both the commercial and commercial real estate categories which 
were resolved favorably in 2016. The increase in residential real estate is one loan for $1.0 million. The total of all loans past due 
more than 30 days or on non-accrual ranged from a low of $2.2 million in 2013 to a high of $8.2 million in 2014. Loans charged-off, 
net of recoveries, was $376,000 for 2016, compared to $463,000 for 2015, $200,000 for 2014, $711,000 for 2013 and $2.3 million for 
2012. The resulting ratios do not indicate any trends of concern from management’s perspective.  

Troubled-debt restructured loans are loans that have been modified when economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who 
have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. In 2015, $3.2 million in new troubled debt restructurings were 
added. There were none added in 2016 or 2014 and $2.8 million in 2013. 

In 2016, the provision for loan losses was $50,000, as general economic conditions improved and the Company’s credit quality 
remained strong, along with a favorable settlement of a creditor in bankruptcy. In 2015, the provision for loan losses was $455,000.  In 
2014, the provision for loan losses was $1.6 million with $1.3 million of the reserve in the commercial loan category relating to one 
affiliated group. Additional information regarding loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

At December 31, 2016, there was $825,000 of the Company’s holdings in trust preferred securities considered to be in non-accrual 
status. The quarterly interest payments for both of its investments in trust preferred securities had been placed in “payment in kind” 
status. Payment in kind status results in a temporary delay in the payment of interest. As a result of a delay in the collection of the 
interest payments, management placed these securities in non-accrual status. Current estimates indicate that the interest payment 
delays may exceed ten years. In February of 2014, the Company completed the sale of 9 of the remaining 11 trust preferred securities 
in response to the Volcker Rule.  

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
    
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  
Analysis of Net Interest Income - Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015  

Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-
earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. On a fully taxable 
equivalent basis, net interest income measured $20.6 million for 2016 and $19.4 million for 2015. The resulting net interest margin 
was 3.63% for 2016 and 3.65% for 2015.   

The increase in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $1.5 million is the product of a 6.5% year-over-year increase in 
average earning assets along with a 1 basis point increase in yield. The increase in interest expense of $311,000 was a product of a 4 
basis point increase in rates paid and a 5.1% increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The net result was a 6.0% increase in net 
interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 2 basis point decrease in the Company’s net interest margin on a growing 
asset base with a different mix.  

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities available-for-sale and trading decreased by $181,000, or 3.6%. 
The average invested balances in these securities increased by $535,000, or 0.3%, from the levels of a year ago. The increase in the 
average balance of investment securities was accompanied by an 11 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. As 
the reservoir for excess liquidity, the increase in investment securities year-over-year reflects the robust deposit growth generated 
during the year. The trading account was liquidated at the end of the second quarter of 2016. The Company will continue attempting 
to redeploy liquidity into loans which generate greater yields than securities. Any reinvestment into the securities portfolio may serve 
to decrease the yield due to the current low rate environment although many economists project a rising rate environment on the 
horizon. Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans increased by $1.6 million, or 9.7%, for 2016 compared to the same period in 
2015. Supplementing this increase was the collection of $296,000 of interest and fees on a nonperforming loan settled favorably in 
bankruptcy. A $31.6 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 8.8%, was accompanied by a 4 basis point 
increase in the portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Without the collection of the past due interest, the portfolio yield would have declined 
8 basis points. New loan volume is still near historic low interest rates, while strong competition for good credits also drives rates 
downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances. Additional information regarding loans can 
be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Other interest income increased by $25,000, or 131.6%, from the same period a year ago. The average balance of interest-earning 
deposits increased by $2.3 million, or 38.8%. The yield increased by 22 basis points from 2015 to 2016, reflecting the December 2015 
rise in the federal funds rate. Management intends to remain fully invested, minimizing on-balance sheet liquidity.  

Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $27.4 million, or 24.9%, while average savings 
balances decreased by $147,000, or 0.1%. Total interest paid on interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts was 
$435,000, a $166,000 increase from last year. The yield increased 8 basis points from 2015 to 2016. Total interest paid on savings 
accounts was $78,000, an $11,000 increase from last year. The average rate paid on savings accounts increased 1 basis point from 
2015 to 2016. The average balance of time deposit products increased by $1.0 million, or 0.8%, as the average rate paid increased by 
17 basis points, from 1.00% to 1.17%. Interest expense increased on time deposits by $247,000 from the prior year. The current low-
rate environment offers little opportunity for deposit customers, except for periodic special rates offered on a limited basis. The 
Company’s offering of the Kasasa suite of accounts was a major factor in the growth of interest-bearing demand accounts. Additional 
information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Average borrowings and subordinated debt decreased by $7.5 million while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 6 basis 
points. The Company elected to pay off two of its longest maturity FHLB notes in January 2016, $4.5 million at an average rate of 
4%. Of the $419,000 in securities gains, $289,000 was generated to offset the $242,000 prepayment penalty on this early payoff. 
Alternative funding of $3.5 million at 1.44% was used to replace the borrowings. Annualized interest expense savings of $130,000 is 
expected from the transaction. After a December 2016 maturity of $2 million at 4.07%, three long-term FHLB notes remain at an 
average rate of 4.16%, all maturing by September of 2017 which is expected to reduce 2017 funding costs by $275,000. Management 
continues to utilize short-term borrowings to bridge liquidity gaps. Additional information regarding FHLB Advances and Other 
Borrowings and Subordinated Debt can be found in Item 8, Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in 
this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

28 

Analysis of Net Interest Income - Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014  

Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-
earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. On a fully taxable 
equivalent basis, net interest income measured $19.4 million for 2015 and $18.7 million for 2014. The resulting net interest margin 
was 3.65% for 2015 and 3.67% for 2014.   

The increase in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $439,000 is the product of a 4.4% year-over-year increase in 
average earning assets offset somewhat by a 10 basis point decrease in yield. The decrease in interest expense of $277,000 was a 
product of a 10 basis point decrease in rates paid and a 4.2% increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The net result was a 3.8% 
increase in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 2 basis point decrease in the Company’s net interest margin 
on a growing asset base with a different mix.  

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities available-for-sale and trading decreased by $338,000, or 6.3%. 
The average invested balances in these securities decreased by $8.8 million, or 5.1%, from the levels of a year ago. The decrease in the 
average balance of investment securities was accompanied by a 3 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. The 
Company continued attempting to redeploy liquidity into loans which generate greater yields than securities. Any reinvestment into 
the securities portfolio may serve to decrease the yield due to the current low rate environment. Additional information regarding 
investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans increased by $779,000, or 4.8%, for 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. 
A $32.0 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 9.8%, was accompanied by a 23 basis point decrease in the 
portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Likewise, new loan volume was at historic low interest rates and strong competition for good credits 
also drove rates downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances. Additional information 
regarding loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis. 

Other interest income decreased by $2,000, or 9.5%, from the same period a year ago. The average balance of interest-earning 
deposits decreased by $756,000, or 11.3%. The yield increased by 1 basis point from 2014 to 2015. Management intended to remain 
fully invested, minimizing on-balance sheet liquidity.  

Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $17.8 million, or 19.3%, while average savings 
balances decreased by $1.1 million, or 0.9%. Total interest paid on interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts was 
$269,000, a $91,000 increase from last year. The yield increased 5 basis points from 2014 to 2015. Total interest paid on savings 
accounts was $67,000, which is unchanged from 2014. The average rate paid on savings accounts remained the same at 0.06%. The 
average balance of time deposit products increased by $2.6 million, or 2.0%, as the average rate paid decreased by 11 basis points, 
from 1.11% to 1.00%. Interest expense decreased on time deposits by $117,000 from the prior year. As time deposits matured, the 
balances were reinvested at the lower current rates. After an extended period of declining average rates paid on deposits, the Company 
experienced a flattening on a linked quarter basis. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Average borrowings and subordinated debt decreased by $3.1 million while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 37 basis 
points. Management refinanced $4.0 million of long-term borrowings at their respective 2015 maturity dates at substantially lower 
rates and continued to utilize short-term borrowings to bridge liquidity gaps. Additional information regarding FHLB Advances and 
Other Borrowings and Subordinated Debt can be found in Item 8, Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

29 

 
The following table provides a detailed analysis of changes in net interest income on a tax equivalent basis, identifying that portion of 
the change that is due to a change in the volume of average assets and liabilities outstanding versus that portion which is due to a 
change in the average yields on earning assets and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest due to both rate and 
volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute 
dollar amounts of the change in each.  

Increase (decrease) in interest income: 
Interest-earning deposits and other money markets 
Investment securities available-for-sale: 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Mortgage-backed and related securities 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business 
   administration pools 
Other securities 
Trading securities 
Loans 

Total interest income change 

Increase (decrease) in interest expense: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings deposits 
Time deposits 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 
FHLB advances - short term 
FHLB advances - long term 
Subordinated debt 

Total interest expense change 
Increase (decrease) in net interest income on a 
   taxable equivalent basis 

2016 Compared to 2015 
Rate 

Volume 

Total 

      Volume 

2015 Compared to 2014 
Rate 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

$ 

9      $ 

16      $ 

25      $ 

(2 )    $ 

—      $ 

(2 ) 

(203 )      
470        
(109 )      

142        
(12 )      
(136 )      
1,501        
1,662        

76        
—        
17        
(2 )      
(3 )      
(140 )      
—        
(52 )      

—        
(131 )      
(80 )      

6        
4        
(132 )      
136        
(181 )      

90        
12        
230        
5        
36        
(31 )      
21        
363        

(203 )      
339        
(189 )      

60        
43        
(253 )      

148        
(8 )      
(268 )      
1,637        
1,481        

18        
(49 )      
18        
1,536        
1,371        

166        
12        
247        
3        
33        
(171 )      
21        
311        

38        
(1 )      
29        
—        
(22 )      
(7 )      
—        
37        

31        
(17 )      
(141 )      

—        
5        
(53 )      
(757 )      
(932 )      

53        
1        
(146 )      
1        
(94 )      
(132 )      
3        
(314 )      

91   
26   
(394 ) 

18   
(44 ) 
(35 ) 
779   
439   

91   
0   
(117 ) 
1   
(116 ) 
(139 ) 
3   
(277 ) 

$ 

1,714      $ 

(544 )    $ 

1,170      $ 

1,334      $ 

(618 )    $ 

716   

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES, NON-INTEREST INCOME, NON-INTEREST EXPENSE & FEDERAL INCOME TAX  

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the amount charged to operations as a provision for loan loss was adjusted to account for charge-offs 
against the allowance, as well as an increase in loan balances recorded in the portfolio, expected losses on specific problem loans and 
several qualitative factors, including factors specific to the local economy and to industries operating in the local market. The 
Company has allocated a portion of the allowance to a number of specific problem loans through 2016, but has not experienced 
significant deterioration in any loan type, including the residential real estate portfolios or the commercial real estate loan portfolio, 
and accordingly has not added any special provision for these loan types. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the provision for 
loan losses was $50,000, with net charge-offs of $376,000. The lower provision in 2016 was because of a favorable outcome of a 
credit relationship that had a specific reserve in place that was removed.  There was a favorable ruling in a bankruptcy court 
surrounding the eventual sale of a business to which the Company lent funds, $2.1 million of which was included in nonaccrual loans.  
The company resolved a substantial portion of the delinquent loan, allowing the portion of the allowance for loan losses allocated to 
this credit to be used for other problem loans. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the provision for loan losses was $455,000, 
which was fairly close to net charge-offs of $463,000. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the provision for loan losses was $1.6 
million, with net charge-offs of $200,000. Added to the nonperforming commercial loan portfolio in 2014 was $1.3 million relating to 
the previously mentioned affiliated group. Provision expense levels are in recognition of loan growth and a changing composition of 
the loan portfolio as the Company takes aim at managing its balance sheet with a commercially-oriented focus.  

30 

  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The following table provides a detailed analysis of non-interest income:  

Fees for customer services 
Mortgage banking gains, net 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 
Wealth management income 
Other non-interest income 
Non-interest income, excluding investment gains 
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net 
Trading securities (losses) gains, net 

Total non-interest income 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

$ 

$ 

2,103      $ 
1,248     
328     
95     
404     
4,178     
466     
(47 )   

4,597   

  $ 

2,019      $ 
785     
338     
435     
268     
3,845     
75     
(11 )   

3,909   

  $ 

2,007   
440   
336   
313   
116   
3,212   
588   
327   
4,127   

Total non-interest income, excluding investment gains, increased by $333,000, or 8.7%, for 2016 compared to an increase of 
$633,000, or 19.7%, for 2015. After gains on investment securities and impairment losses, non-interest income increased by $688,000, 
or 17.6%, in 2016 compared to a decrease of $218,000, or 5.3%, in 2015.  

Fees for customer services increased by $84,000, or 4.2% in 2016, compared to an increase of $12,000, or 0.6%, in the prior year 
driven by customer transactions on deposit accounts.  

Mortgage banking gains totaled $440,000 in 2014, $785,000 in 2015 and $1.2 million in 2016 reflecting the increase in mortgage loan 
originations spurred by the improving housing market, low interest rates, and the Company’s geographic expansion.  

Wealth management income of $95,000 was recorded in 2016, compared to $435,000 in 2015 and $313,000 in 2014. The Bank, which 
had operated a non-deposit investment services program, launched its new Cortland Private Wealth Management program, which 
offers a full suite of program options, including private asset management, financial and estate planning, retirement plans, insurance 
and advisory services. The new program, which was introduced in late January 2016, under a new platform, will ramp up in 2017, 
adding contributions from both investment and advisory services. 

Net gains on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities increased by $391,000 in 2016 from year ago levels. Included in the 
total is $289,000 of gains generated to offset losses from the extinguishment of debt. Consistent with the balance sheet strategy, the 
Company reviewed its investment portfolio in 2014 to clean up odd-lot securities and to reduce interest rate risk.  Recent government 
programs, such as the Home Affordable Refinance Program (HARP), promote prepayment activities in mortgage backed securities, 
thus cutting short the intended investment performance.  Proactively removing the securities with higher prepayment risk allowed the 
Company to reinvest into securities that produce consistent cash flows. Trust preferred securities held at the beginning of 2014 were 
among those considered disallowed under the revised final Volcker Rule, which originated from the Dodd-Frank Act. In February 
2014, the Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments along with one other permissible holding. This 
resulted in a gain of approximately $200,000. In 2016, trading securities losses increased by $36,000, reflective of the decline in the 
secondary market activity for municipal securities in which the trading account operated. At the end of June the trading account was 
liquidated. Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

The following table provides a summary of non-interest expenses:  

Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy and equipment expense 
State and local taxes 
FDIC insurance expense 
Professional fees 
Advertising and marketing expenses 
Net losses from the extinguishment of debt 
Other non-interest expense 

Total non-interest expenses 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

$ 

$ 

10,169      $ 
2,151     
455     
251     
882     
527     
242     
3,509     
18,186   

  $ 

9,311      $ 
2,019     
389     
304     
830     
454     
—     
3,056     
16,363   

  $ 

9,147   
1,912   
341   
309   
815   
277   
—   
2,698   
15,499   

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Total non-interest expenses increased by $1.8 million, or 11.1%, in 2016. This compares to an increase of $864,000, or 5.6%, in 2015.  

During 2016, expenditures for salaries and employee benefits increased by $858,000, or 9.2%, and in 2015 increased by $164,000, or 
1.8%. The personnel increase was primarily due to the new branch opened in September 2015 and initiatives to geographically expand 
mortgage origination, commercial lending and private banking. The increase was partially offset by compensation relative to wealth 
management decreasing commensurate to the decreased revenues. Full-time equivalent employment averaged 163 in 2016 compared 
to 152 in 2015 and 153 in 2014.  

Salaries and employee benefits represent 55.9% of all non-interest expenses in 2016, 56.9% in 2015 and 59.0% in 2014. The 
following table details components of these increases and decreases.  

Salaries 
Employee benefits 

Deferred loan origination costs 

Total 

Amounts (in thousands) 
December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

2016 

Percentages 
December 31, 
2015 

$ 

$ 

813      $ 
115        
928        
(70 )      
858      $ 

176      $ 
132        
308        
(144 )      
164      $ 

(550 ) 
(164 ) 
(714 ) 
17   
(697 ) 

11.2 % 
4.7   
9.6   
19.6   

9.2 % 

2.5 %      
5.7   
3.3   
67.3   

1.8 %      

2014 

(7.2 )% 
(6.7 ) 
(7.1 ) 
(7.4 ) 
(7.1 )% 

Salary expense per employee averaged $49,000 in 2016 and $48,000 in 2015 and $46,000 in 2014. Average earning assets per 
employee measured approximately $3.8 million in 2016 and $3.5 million in 2015 and $3.3 million in 2014.  

Charges for insurance premiums paid to the FDIC decreased from 2015 and 2014 balances because of a reduction in assessment rates 
effective September 30, 2016.  Deposits are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum amount, which is generally $250,000 per depositor 
subject to aggregation rules. As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the 
FDIC. The Company anticipates its FDIC insurance expense will decrease in 2017 with the rate decrease effective a full year. State 
and local taxes increased by $66,000, or 17.0%, in 2016, compared to an increase of $48,000, or 14.1%, in 2015, reflecting the 
growing shareholders’ equity on which the state tax is based. Advertising and marketing expenses increased by $73,000, or 16.1%, 
from 2015 to 2016 compared to an increase of $177,000, or 63.9%, from 2014 to 2015. The increase in 2016 is due to the initiative to 
rebrand the Bank, increased community support and advertising and promoting the new Kasasa suite of products. The increase in 2015 
was also due to the initiative to rebrand the Bank, advertising and promoting the new Kasasa product and also promoting the opening 
of the full service branch. In 2016, there was a one-time loss from the extinguishment of debt of $242,000. This loss is related to the 
early payoff of long term advances with the Federal Home Loan Bank and was offset by securities gains.  Additionally, payoff of this 
debt will result in annual savings in interest expense of $130,000. All other categories of non-interest expenses increased $637,000, or 
10.8%, in 2016 compared to an increase of $480,000, or 8.8%, in 2015. These expense categories are subject to fluctuation due to non-
recurring items. Contributing to increased expenses in 2015 were the opening of two financial service centers and a new full-service 
branch in Mahoning County. Contributing to increased expenses in 2016 are ongoing expenses relating to the new full service branch 
which opened in September of 2015, and two financial service centers which opened in 2015, expenses relating to rebranding other 
than marketing expense, expenses relating to the preparations of opening of a new full service branch in early January 2017,  and 
continued investment into information technology relative to improved security monitoring, improved operational performance and 
enhanced customer account analysis.  

Income before federal income tax expense amounted to $6.0 million for 2016, compared to $5.6 million and $4.8 million for 2015 and 
2014, respectively. The effective tax rate was 18.8% in 2016, 21.8% in 2015 and 18.9% in 2014, resulting in income tax expense of 
$1.1 million in 2016, $1.2 million in 2015 and $902,000 in 2014. The 2015 effective rate is normalized based on the current rate of 
profitability and tax free components of the revenue stream. A $93,000 reversal of a deferred tax valuation reserve, recognized in 
2016, contributed to the lower effective tax rate in 2016. 

32 

  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
The effective federal income tax rate varies from the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 34% due to the following 
differences: 

Provision at statutory rate 
(Deduct) add tax effects of: 

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance-net 
Non-taxable interest income 
Low income housing tax credits 
 Deferred tax valuation reversal 
Non-deductible expenses 
Federal income tax effective rate 

2016 

December 31, 
2015 

2014 

34.00 %   

34.00 %   

34.00 % 

(1.86 )    
(10.47 )    
(2.37 )    
(1.55 )    
1.04   
18.79 %   

(2.05 )    
(10.72 )    
(0.97 )    
—      
1.52      
21.78 %   

(2.39 ) 
(12.75 ) 
(1.09 ) 
—   
1.14   
18.91 % 

Net income registered $4.9 million in 2016, $4.4 million in 2015 and $3.9 million in 2014, representing per share amounts of $1.11 in 
2016, $0.97 in 2015 and $0.85 in 2014. Cash dividends of $0.28, $0.24 and $0.18 per share were paid to shareholders of record in 
2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

The following table shows unaudited financial results by quarter:  

(Amounts in thousands) 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 

Loan loss provision 
Security gains (losses), net 
Mortgage banking gains, net 
Other income 
Other expenses 

Income before tax 

Federal income tax expense 

Net income 

Net income per share 
Net interest income (fully tax-equivalent 
   basis) 
Net interest rate spread 
Net interest margin 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

Dec. 31    
$ 5,762   
764   
   4,998   
   —   
8   
93   
804   
   4,489   
   1,414   
273   
$ 1,141   
$  0.26   

For the 2016 quarter ended: 
   June 30    
   Sept. 30    
  $ 5,740   
  $ 5,660   
719   
743   
     5,021   
     4,917   
     —   
50   
4   
83   
465   
341   
696   
696   
     4,734   
     4,479   
     1,452   
     1,508   
279   
313   
  $ 1,173   
  $ 1,195   
  $  0.27   
  $  0.27   

   Mar. 31    
  $ 5,393   
692   
     4,701   
     —   
324   
349   
734   
     4,484   
     1,624   
262   
  $ 1,362   
  $  0.31   

For the 2015 quarter ended: 
   June 30    
   Sept. 30    

679        

631        

65        
47        
149        
754        

   Dec. 31    
   Mar. 31    
   $ 5,395      $ 5,295      $ 5,206      $ 5,217   
648   
649        
     4,716         4,646         4,575         4,569   
160   
100        
8   
47        
185   
291        
862   
708        
      4,192         3,990         4,187         3,994   
     1,409         1,602         1,116         1,470   
321   
  $ 1,086      $ 1,227      $  916      $ 1,149   
   $  0.24      $  0.27      $  0.21      $  0.25   

130        
(38 )      
160        
736        

323        

375        

200        

  $ 5,147   

$ 5,230   
   3.41 %      3.45 %      3.60 %      3.42 %       3.48 %      3.51 %      3.51 %      3.51 % 
   3.58 %      3.63 %      3.77 %      3.58 %       3.63 %      3.67 %      3.66 %      3.66 % 

   $ 4,927      $ 4,868      $ 4,799      $ 4,794   

  $ 4,919   

  $ 5,262   

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents 
management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, with the 
judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses on risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Accordingly, the 
methodology to establish the amount of the allowance is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, 
specific homogeneous risk pools, and specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Company’s 
process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it 
occurs.  

The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances on probable losses 
on specific loans; (ii) historical valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar 
characteristics and trends; and (iii) general valuation allowances based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk 
factors both internal and external to the Company.  

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
     
    
     
  
    
    
    
     
  
    
    
    
     
  
    
    
    
     
  
    
    
    
     
 
The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on recurring analyses and evaluations of classified loans. 
Loans are categorized into risk grade classifications based on an internal credit risk grading process that evaluates, among other things: 
(i) the obligor’s ability to repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the 
borrower operates. The Bank currently divides the loan and lease portfolio into the following major categories: 1) Pooled Loans 
(unclassified) with similar risk characteristics; 2) Substandard Loans (classified) defined as being inadequately protected by current 
sound net worth, paying capacity of the borrower, or pledged collateral; 3) Special Mention (classified) defined as having potential 
weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result 
in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the Bank’s credit position; 4) Loss or doubtful loans (classified) have 
all the weaknesses of the previous classifications, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in 
full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable; and 5) Impaired Loans which 
generally include non-accrual loans. Once a loan is assigned a risk grade of classified, the loan review officer assesses whether the 
loan is to be evaluated for impairment based on the Company policy. A portion of the allowance for loan loss is specifically allocated 
to those loans which are evaluated for impairment and determined to be impaired. Specific valuation allowances are determined by 
analyzing the borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic 
conditions affecting the borrower’s industry, among other things. If after review, the loan is not considered to be impaired, the loan is 
included with a pool of similar loans that is assigned a valuation allowance calculated based on the historical loss experience and 
qualitative factors of the pool type. The valuation allowance is calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of 
classified loans. The Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of 
actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The historical loss ratios are updated quarterly based on 
actual charge-off experience.  

A general valuation allowance is established for pools of homogeneous loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio 
adjusted for qualitative factors and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. Specific qualitative factors considered by 
management include trends in volume or terms, changes in lending policy levels and trends in charge-offs, classification and non-
accrual loans, concentrations of credit and local and national economic factors. The Company’s pools of similar loans include 
similarly risk-graded groups of commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, home equity loans and 
other consumer loans. Additional factors are used on pools of loans considered special mention; specifically, levels and trends in 
classification, declining trends in financial performance, structure and lack of performance measures and migration from special 
mention to substandard. For loans graded as substandard, a separate historical loss rate is calculated as a percent of charge-offs net of 
recoveries to the balance of substandard loans, which results in a higher historical loss factor. This is also adjusted for the qualitative 
factors discussed previously.  

Loans identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners are charged off. Furthermore, consumer loan 
accounts are charged off in accordance with regulatory requirements.  

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent 
in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan 
losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets within other liabilities, while the corresponding 
provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other non-interest expenses. At both December 31, 2016 and 2015, this 
allowance was $84,000.  

Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in 
management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate 
adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of the 
Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.  

Although management believes the Company uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance determinations, future 
adjustments could be necessary if circumstances or economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making our 
initial determinations. Increased levels of job loss and high unemployment, home foreclosures and business failures could result in 
increased levels of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, increased loan loss provisions and reductions in income. Additionally, as an 
integral part of their examination process, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses. The banking 
agencies could require the recognition of additions to the loan loss allowance based on their judgment of information available to them 
at the time of their examination.  

34 

The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the period ended: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Loan losses: 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

Recoveries on previous loan losses: 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

Net loan losses 
Provision charged to operations 
Balance at end of year 
Ratio of net loan losses to average total loans outstanding 
Ratio of loan loss allowance to total loans 

$ 

2016 

2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

5,194   

   $ 

5,202       $ 

3,764       $ 

3,825       $ 

3,058   

—   
(287 )       
(35 )       
(144 )       
(148 )       
(614 )       

117   
35   
2   
23   
61   
238   
(376 )       
50   
   $ 
4,868   
0.10 %      
1.16 %      

(470 )       
(84 )       
(45 )       
—         
(124 )       
(723 )       

134         
10         
37         
17         
62         
260         
(463 )       
455         
5,194       $ 
0.13 %      
1.32 %      

(123 )       
(186 )       
(93 )       
(48 )       
(144 )       
(594 )       

(1 )       
(782 )       
(81 )       
(12 )       
(146 )       
(1,022 )       

274         
3         
16         
24         
77         
394         
(200 )       
1,638         
5,202       $ 
0.06 %      
1.44 %      

167         
11         
26         
18         
89         
311         
(711 )       
650         
3,764       $ 
0.23 %      
1.09 %      

(1,937 ) 
(36 ) 
(231 ) 
(59 ) 
(152 ) 
(2,415 ) 

9   
37   
46   
13   
57   
162   
(2,253 ) 
3,020   
3,825   

0.78 % 
1.21 % 

The $470,000 commercial real estate charge-off in 2015 contains a $468,000 charge-off to an isolated credit relationship that already 
had a specific reserve in place. The $782,000 commercial real estate charge-off in 2013 contains $710,000 in charge-offs to a single 
borrower which had $530,000 in a related specific allowance prior to the charge-off. The $1.9 million commercial loan charge-off in 
2012 related to a single borrower to which no related allowance had been previously allocated.  

The following is an allocation of the year end allowance for loan losses and the percentage to total loans. The allowance has been 
allocated according to the amount deemed to be reasonably necessary to provide for the possibility of losses being incurred within the 
following categories of loans as of:  

2016 

2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2012 

Commercial 
Commercial real 
estate 
Residential real estate   
Consumer - home 
equity 
Consumer - other 

Balance       
$  1,394        

% 

      Balance       
0.3      $  1,977        

% 

      Balance       
0.5      $  2,064        

% 

      Balance       

% 

      Balance       

% 

0.6      $ 

593        

0.2      $ 

639        

0.2   

   3,072   

   2,926     

0.7     

   2,754     

0.7     

163         —        

153         —        

229        

356        

343        

   2,638     

   2,616     

0.8     
0.1        

0.8     
0.1        

0.8   
0.1   

150   

      —     
89         —        

52     

   —     

60     

   —     

88     

   —     

86         —        

95         —        

89         —        

123     

   —   
104         —   

Total 

$  4,868   

  $  5,194   

  $  5,202   

  $  3,764   

  $  3,825   

The allocations of the allowance as shown in the previous table should not be interpreted as an indication that future loan losses will 
occur in the same proportions or that the allocations indicate future loan loss trends. Furthermore, the portion allocated to each loan 
category is not the total amount available for future losses that might occur within such categories since the total allowance is 
applicable to the entire portfolio, and allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude availability to 
absorb losses in other categories. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
          
          
          
    
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
          
          
          
    
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
LOAN PORTFOLIO  

The following table represents the composition of the loan portfolio as of:  

2016 

2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Balance 

      % 

     Balance 

      % 

     Balance 

      % 

     Balance 

      % 

     Balance 

      % 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total loans 

$  96,281       
  238,692       
   57,008       
   25,061       
2,726       
$ 419,768         

22.9      $  84,613       21.5      $  72,330       20.1      $  73,643       21.2      $  62,312       19.6   
56.9        237,137       60.1        223,536       62.1        206,744       59.6        193,417       61.1   
13.6         45,414       11.5         38,875       10.8         42,288       12.2         39,091       12.3   
6.0         23,334        5.9         21,328        5.9         19,510        5.6         17,910        5.6   
4,552        1.4   
0.6        

4,116        1.1        

3,756        1.0        

4,648        1.4        

  $ 394,254         

  $ 360,185         

  $ 346,833         

  $ 317,282         

The following schedule sets forth maturities based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal or next re-pricing opportunity for 
loans (excluding residential real estate, consumer- home equity and consumer-other).  

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total loans 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2016 

1 Year or Less 

Over 1 Year 
to 5 Years 

Over 5 Years 

Total 

$ 

$ 

67,334      $ 
83,107     
150,441      $ 

15,499      $ 
93,810     
109,309      $ 

13,448      $ 
61,775     
75,223      $ 

96,281   
238,692   
334,973   

The following schedule sets forth loans based on next re-pricing opportunity for floating and adjustable interest rate products, and by 
remaining scheduled principal payments for loan products with fixed rates of interest. Residential real estate, consumer - home equity 
and consumer – other loans have again been excluded.  

Floating or adjustable rates of interest 
Fixed rates of interest 

Total loans 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2016 
   Over 1 Year 

1 Year or Less    
$ 

145,782      $ 
4,659        
150,441      $ 

$ 

108,156      $ 
76,376        
184,532      $ 

Total 
253,938   
81,035   
334,973   

The Company recorded an increase of $25.5 million in the loan portfolio in 2016 from the level of $394.3 million recorded at 
December 31, 2015. Gross loans as a percentage of earning assets stood at 68.6% as of December 31, 2016 and 69.1% at 
December 31, 2015. The loan-to-deposit ratio at December 31, 2016 was 77.8% as compared to 79.4% at December 31, 2015. Despite 
the slow economic recovery in the region, the Bank posted year-over-year growth in total loans of 6.5%. As the balance sheet is 
adequately structured to accommodate additional loan growth, management remains committed to fulfilling the credit needs of 
creditworthy customers. Included in year-end total loans are 60-day or less loans closed in December 2016 for $29.7 million, 
compared to $24.2 million in 2015. At December 31, 2016 the loan loss allowance of $4.9 million represented approximately 1.2% of 
outstanding loans, and at December 31, 2015, the loan loss allowance of $5.2 million represented approximately 1.3% of outstanding 
loans. 

The portion of the loan portfolio represented by commercial loans (including commercial real estate) remained about the same from 
81.6% in 2015 to 79.8% in 2016. Consumer loans (including home equity loans) were approximately 6.6% of the loan portfolio in 
2016 and 6.9% in 2015 as the Bank remains challenged in growing these portfolios with consumers deleveraging their household since 
the economic downturn of 2008-2009. Between 2015 and 2016, the balance of residential real estate loans increased slightly from 
11.5% to 13.6% of the loan portfolio as the bank placed quality, non-secondary market qualified and construction loans in the 
portfolio. The Bank’s majority of mortgage originations are sold to the secondary market in order to take advantage of historically low 
interest rates as management does not intend to take on material long term interest rate risk within the portfolio yields.  

Commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loans continue to comprise the largest share of the Company’s loan 
portfolio. At the end of 2016, commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loans comprised a combined 93.4% of the 
portfolio compared to 93.0% at December 31, 2012, reflecting a consistent strategy over the five-year period. The loan portfolio at 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
December 31, 2016 also included home equity loans at 6.0% and consumer installment loans at 0.6%. These percentages compare to 
home equity loans at 5.6% and consumer installment loans at 1.4% on December 31, 2012.  

The commercial loan portfolio, which includes both commercial and commercial real estate (CRE) loans, is $335.0 million at 
December 31, 2016, an increase of $13.2 million from the balance of $321.8 million recorded at December 31, 2015, and represents a 
4.1% growth. Short-term, asset-based commercial loans, including lines of credit, increased by $11.7 million, or 13.8%, during the 
year and represented 22.9% of the portfolio, or a 1.4% composition increase over the prior period. CRE loans increased $1.6 million, 
or 0.7%, which substantially represents investment real estate supported by third-party rents and leases along with other known Bank 
concentrations such as Skilled Nursing, Assisted Living, Residential Lessors (including Multi-family) and Hotels that are classified as 
non-owner occupied CRE. At December 31, 2016, the total CRE portfolio consisted of 28.5% in owner-occupied real estate and 
71.5% in non-owner occupied real estate. The increase in CRE loans was a direct result of management taking strategic advantage of 
competitive market conditions and the Bank’s considerable liquidity position since 2010. The CRE portfolio was also enhanced by 
lending into the Skilled Nursing, Personal Health Care industries and Multi-family. In 2006, the federal banking regulatory agencies 
published interagency guidance on CRE Concentration Risk Management stating that if total commercial real estate concentration 
exceeded 300% of a bank’s total capital (or if the CRE portfolio increased by over 50% in the preceding 3 years), the portfolio may 
represent significant concentration risk and additional monitoring may be required. The Bank’s CRE concentration, excluding owner-
occupied real estate, as of December 31, 2016 was $170.6 million, which is 252.2% of total unimpaired or risk-based capital, 
compared to 264.0% for 2015 which, along with the nominal 0.7% CRE balance growth is reflecting moderate growth and less 
concentration risk relative to capital. CRE reflected 15.5% growth over the past three years. Management also believes that its current 
level of credit review, portfolio monitoring and stress testing adequately assures that the Bank is mitigating CRE concentration levels. 
In a strategic effort to diversify, the Bank continues to develop its commercial loans and, as such, the December 31, 2016 balance of 
$96.3 million represents 28.7% of the total commercial loan portfolio, which reflected a 2.4% increase from the period December 31, 
2015 to December 31, 2016. However, excluding the year-end, 60-day or less, cash-secured loans that were increased by $5.5 million 
from 2015 to 2016, commercial loans grew by $6.2 million, or 10.3%, from 2015 to 2016. In addition, residential loans grew by $11.6 
million, or 25.5%, for the same period. 

Loan personnel will continue to aggressively pursue both commercial and small business opportunities supported by product 
incentives and marketing efforts. When necessary, management will continue to offer competitive fixed-rate and derivative pricing 
options on commercial real estate products to qualifying customers in an effort to establish new business relationships, retain existing 
relationships, and capture additional market share. The Bank’s lending function continues to provide business services to a wide array 
of medium and small businesses, including but not limited to, commercial and industrial accounts such as health care facilities, 
grocery stores, manufacturers, trucking companies, physicians and medical groups, service contractors, restaurants, hospitality 
industry companies, retailers, wholesalers, educational institutions and other political subdivisions as well as commercial and 
residential real estate lessors, developers and builders.  

Commercial and small business loans are originated by commercial loan personnel and other loan personnel assigned to the Bank’s 
offices within various geographical regions. These loans are all processed in accordance with established business loan underwriting 
standards and practices.  

The following table provides an overview of commercial loans by various business sectors reflecting the areas of largest 
concentration. It should be noted that these are current loan balances including executed commitments to fund and do not reflect 
existing commitments that have not been accepted or executed.  

Non-residential building/apartment building 
Skilled nursing 
Residential real estate lessors, agents and 
   managers (including multi-family) 
Hotels/motels 
Trucking/courier services 

2016 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

Balances 

% of 
Portfolio 

Balances 

% of 
Portfolio 

Balances 

% of 
Portfolio 

$ 

70,399        
29,929        

21.02      $  65,308        
36,119        
8.93        

20.30      $  56,731        
30,239        
11.23        

19.17   
10.22   

27,016   
23,285        
21,329        

8.07        
6.95        
6.37        

16,032   
29,215        
19,941        

4.98        
9.08        
6.20        

14,245   
31,151        
15,670        

4.81   
10.53   
5.30   

The most substantial increase in concentrations since 2014 comes from non-residential building/apartment building, which is not 
material relative to the total portfolio composition. The single largest customer relationship had an aggregate balance at year end 2016 
of $11.8 million compared to $9.7 million in 2015. This balance represented approximately 3.5% of the total commercial and CRE 
portfolio in 2016 and 2.8% in 2015. It is important to note that within this relationship, there is a 60-day or less note for $10.0 million 
in 2016 and $6.2 million in 2015, which were fully secured by segregated deposit accounts with the Bank at the time of origination. 

37 

 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Since 2015, the price of oil declined significantly. This occurrence negatively affected several industries, particularly those whose 
revenues are derived from oil and oil-related products. The Company reviewed its borrowers to identify and measure any potential 
credit losses relating to oil. Nothing of significance was noted and no additional provisions are considered necessary. 

The Bank continues to be active in home equity financing. Home equity term loans and credit lines (HELOCs) remain popular with 
consumers wishing to finance home improvement costs, education expenses, vacations and consumer goods purchased at favorable 
interest rates. In order to improve customer retention and provide better overall balance, management will continue to evaluate and 
reposition the Company’s portfolio product offerings during 2016.  

In the consumer lending area, the Company provides financing for a variety of consumer purchases, such as: fixed- and variable-rate 
amortizing mortgage products that consumers utilize for home improvements; the purchase of consumer goods of all types; and 
education, travel and other personal expenditures. The consolidation of credit card balances and other existing debt into term payouts 
continues to remain a popular financing option among consumers. In an effort to increase consumer relationship banking, the 
Company implemented a Private Bank product line in 2016 that focuses on high net worth and income consumers.   

Additional information regarding the loan portfolio can be found in Item 8, Notes 1, 3, 8, 11 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  

MORTGAGE BANKING  

Since the May 2013 Taper Tantrum when mortgage rates rose dramatically, the Company shifted its focus from wholesale to retail 
origination. With the majority of loans sold into the secondary market, the resulting gains have significantly enhanced non-interest 
revenue, with growth of 59.0% over the prior year. As originators were added in the retail footprint, as well as expanding into adjacent 
markets, originations grew from $18.4 million in 2014, to $61.0 million in 2016. As previously referenced, the residential portfolio 
grew by $11.6 mil or 25.5% with quality, non-secondary market qualified and construction loans. The Company continues to diversify 
its portfolio with expansion into new geographic markets and new personnel within its footprint. 

Currently, the Company is not retaining the servicing on loans sold. Although the Company’s primary strategy is to sell long-term 
residential mortgages, loans are occasionally retained in the portfolio when requested by a customer or to enhance account 
relationships, and tend to be variable rate or shorter term. The mix of portfolio retained to those sold to investors will vary from year 
to year.  

The Company maintains reserves for mortgage loans sold to agencies and investors in the event that, either through error or 
disagreement between the parties, the Company is required to indemnify the purchase. The reserves take into consideration risks 
associated with underwriting, key factors in the mortgage industry, loans with specific reserve requirements, past due loans and 
potential indemnification by the Company. Reserves are estimated based on consideration of factors in the mortgage industry, such as 
declining collateral values and rising levels of delinquency, default and foreclosure, coupled with increased incidents of quality 
reviews at all levels of the mortgage industry seeking justification for pushing back losses to loan originators and wholesalers. As of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had reserves for mortgage loans sold of $721,000 and $719,000, respectively. For both 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded $2,000 and $19,000, respectively, in provision expense 
related to potential repurchase and warranties exposure. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not 
repurchase any mortgage loans sold.  

INVESTMENT SECURITIES  

Investment securities are segregated into three separate portfolios: available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and trading. Each portfolio type 
has its own method of accounting. The Company currently does not maintain a held-to-maturity portfolio. Securities classified as 
available-for-sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons even though management has 
no present intentions to do so. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value using the specific identification method. Changes 
in the unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are recorded net of tax effect as a component of comprehensive 
income.  

Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at historical cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. 
Securities designated by the Company as held-to-maturity tend to be higher yielding but less liquid either due to maturity, size or other 
characteristics of the issue. The Company must have both the intent and the ability to hold such securities to maturity. The Company 
has no securities classified as held-to-maturity.  

38 

Trading securities were an investment in obligations of states and political subdivisions and a short duration bond fund. Management 
had purchased these securities principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Trading securities were carried at fair value 
with valuation adjustments included in other non-interest income. The Company no longer has any investment in trading securities. 

Securities the Company has designated as available-for-sale may be sold prior to maturity in order to fund loan demand, to adjust for 
interest rate sensitivity, to reallocate bank resources or to reposition the portfolio to reflect changing economic conditions and shifts in 
the relative values of market sectors. Available-for-sale securities tend to be more liquid investments and generally exhibit less price 
volatility as interest rates fluctuate.  

Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes 
criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the 
loss in value is other-than-temporary. The OTTI is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the 
prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value 
equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be an OTTI, the credit-related 
OTTI is recognized in earnings while the non-credit related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other 
comprehensive income (loss).  

The following table shows the fair value of available-for-sale securities by type of obligation at:  

U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed and related securities 
Trust preferred securities 
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock 
Total fair value of investment securities available-for-sale 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2015 

2016 

$ 

$ 

7,988      $ 
66,770        
101,055        
825        
2,581        
  $ 

179,219   

12,623      $ 
51,405        
86,046        
778        
3,049        
  $ 

153,901   

2014 

8,749   
50,091   
99,579   
779   
3,049   
162,247   

Impairment Analysis of Investment Securities  

Item 8, Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contains the accounting and disclosures for securities 
impairment.  

Fair Value  

The Company owns two trust preferred securities totaling $2.0 million (original face) consisting of obligations of banks, thrifts and 
insurance companies. The market for these securities at December 31, 2016 is not fully active and markets for similar securities are 
also not completely active. Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and 
new issue markets, the Company determined the few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable 
for purposes of determining fair value at December 31, 2016. It was decided that an income valuation approach technique (present 
value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs would be more 
representative of fair value than the market approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008.  

The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred securities valuations. The approach to 
determining fair value involved the following process:  

1.  Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating 

levels).  

2.  Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with 

other banks).  

3.  Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the 

resulting distribution among the securities.  

4.  Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security.  

The effective discount rates on an overall basis generally range from 9.69% to 15.11% and are highly dependent upon the credit 
quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the trust preferred securities and the prepayment 
assumptions.  

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
Based upon the results of the analysis, the Company currently believes that a weighted average price of approximately $0.47 per $1.00 
of par value is representative of the fair value of the two trust preferred securities, with individual securities therein ranging from 
$0.41 to $0.52. 

The Company considered all information available as of December 31, 2016 to estimate the impairment and resulting fair value of the 
trust preferred securities. These securities are supported by a number of banks and insurance companies located throughout the 
country. While the number of bank failures has declined since the historically high failure rates of 2009, 2010 and 2011, there is still 
the potential for troubled banks to fail. The Company did not recognize any credit related impairment during 2016 or 2015. If the 
conditions of the underlying banks in the trust preferred securities worsen, there may be additional impairment to recognize in 2017 or 
later.   

A summary of securities held at December 31, 2016, classified according to the earlier of next re-pricing or the maturity date and the 
weighted average yield for each range of maturities, is set forth below. Fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities are classified by their 
estimated contractual cash flow, adjusted for current prepayment assumptions. Actual maturities may differ from contractual 
maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.  

U.S. Government agencies and corporations: 

Maturing or repricing within one year 
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years 
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years 
Maturing or repricing after ten years 

Total U.S. Government agencies and corporations 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions: 

Maturing or repricing within one year 
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years 
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years 
Maturing or repricing after ten years 

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related securities: 

Maturing or repricing within one year 
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years 
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years 
Maturing or repricing after ten years 

Total U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related securities 

Other securities (2): 

Maturing or repricing within one year 
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years 
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years 
Maturing or repricing after ten years 

Total other securities 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Fair Value 

Weighted 
Average 
Yield (1) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—   
344   
7,644   
—   
7,988   

1,137   
2,708   
9,859   
53,066   
66,770   

—   
9,349   
4,824   
86,882   
101,055   

825   
—   
—   
2,581   
3,406   

— % 

2.199   
2.599   
—   
2.582 % 

4.999 % 
3.898   
3.255   
2.756   
2.915 % 

— % 

1.959   
2.243   
2.120   
2.111 % 

1.450 % 
—   
—   
4.539   
3.790 % 

(1)  The weighted-average yield has been computed by dividing the total interest income adjusted for amortization of premium or 

accretion of discount over the life of the security by the amortized cost of the securities outstanding. The weighted-average yield 
of tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions has been calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis. The amount 
of adjustment to interest, which is based on the statutory tax rate of 34%, was $905,000.  

(2)  Regulatory stock is included in the amount maturing or repricing after ten years, and although pays dividends, is not 

contractually obligated.  

As of December 31, 2016, there were $7.6 million in callable U.S. Government agency securities and $2.9 million in callable 
obligations of states and political subdivisions that, given current and expected interest rate environments, have the possibility of being 
called within the one-year time horizon. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, with $1.1 million 
classified as maturing or repricing within one year, $231,000 classified as maturing after one year but within five years, $9.2 million 
classified as maturing after five years but within ten years and none of the callable investments were classified as maturing after 10 
years.  

40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
 
As of December 31, 2016, there were no callable U.S. Government agency securities and $19.4 million in callable obligations of states 
and political subdivisions that, given current and expected interest rate environments, have the possibility of being called within the 
time frame defined as after one year but within five years. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, 
with $1.5 million maturing after one year but within five years, $7.3 million maturing after five years but within ten years and $10.6 
million maturing after 10 years.  

As of December 31, 2016, the carrying value of all investment securities totaled $179.2 million, an increase of $25.3 million, or 16.5%, 
from the prior year.  Near year-end 2015, several securities were called, in addition to some investment sales, and these proceeds were 
reallocated to other funding needs, specifically commercial loan growth, thereby leaving invested balances at a low point at the end of 
2015.  During 2016, the trading account, consisting of $8.1 million, was liquidated and reallocated to the investments available for 
sale portfolio.  In addition, near year-end 2016, all excess liquidity was fully allocated to the investment portfolio, thereby leaving the 
invested balances at a high point.  The investment portfolio functions as the balancing factor among the sometimes volatile swings in 
loans and deposits, along with short term borrowings. The investment portfolio represents 33.2% of each deposit dollar, up from 31.0% 
at the prior year end. The allocation between single maturity investment securities and mortgage-backed securities shifted to a 44/56 
split versus the 45/55 division of the previous year.  

Holdings of obligations of states and political subdivisions increased by $15.3 million, or 29.9%. The increase was due to purchases of 
$35.7 million offset by sales of $14.7 million and calls of $2.5 million.  

Holdings of U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities increased by $10.1 million, or 14.5%. This increase was 
primarily the result of purchases of $45.6 million, offset by sales of $19.2 million and principal paydowns of $13.7 million.  

Holdings of U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools increased $9.1 million, or 320.8%.  This increase was 
due to purchases of $10.8 million, offset by principal paydowns of $1.2 million. 

Holdings of other securities remained relatively unchanged during the year.  

The current year mortgage-backed securities and related portfolio is comprised of investments in mortgage-backed securities of $79.8 
million, collateralized mortgage obligations of $9.3 million and U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools of 
$11.9 million. The prior year mortgage-backed securities and related portfolio is comprised of investments in mortgage-backed 
securities of $51.4 million, collateralized mortgage obligations of $13.5 million and U.S. Government-guaranteed small business 
administration pools of $2.8 million. The current year portfolio was comprised solely of fixed rate products, while the prior year 
portfolio was heavily weighted in favor of fixed-rate securities at 96.8%. 

At December 31, 2016, a net unrealized loss of $2.9 million, net of tax, was included in shareholders’ equity as a component of other 
comprehensive income, as compared to a net unrealized loss of $147,000, net of tax, as of December 31, 2015. Rising interest rates, 
such as that occurred post-election, generally result in depreciation in the market value of debt securities, while lower interest rates 
generally translate into more favorable market prices for debt securities.  

The Company has $825,000 in investments considered to be structured notes as of December 31, 2016, relatively unchanged 
compared to $778,000 from one year ago. The Company has no investments in other derivative products.  

Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  

DEPOSITS  

The Company’s deposits are primarily derived from the individuals and businesses located in its market area. Total deposits at year-
end exhibited an increase of 8.8% to $539.9 million at December 31, 2016, as compared to $496.4 million at December 31, 2015.  

The Company’s deposit base consists of demand deposits, savings, money market and time deposit accounts. Noninterest-bearing 
deposits increased 8.4% during 2016, while interest-bearing deposits increased by 8.9%.  

At December 31, 2016, noninterest-bearing deposits were $117.2 million, or 21.7%, compared to $108.1 million or 21.8% of total 
deposits in 2015.  

Core deposits, which are deposits exclusive of certificates of deposit greater than $250,000, brokered deposits and deposits through 
listed services represented 92.5% of total deposits at year-end 2016 compared to 91.0% in 2015.  

41 

 
The Company’s portfolio of certificates of deposit is sourced primarily from customers in the Bank’s immediate market area and 
includes an insignificant amount of brokered deposits.  

Average noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts now comprise 30.9% of total deposits compared to 26.0% five 
years ago. The largest shift, however, is the decline in CD balances of 9.8%. This is reflective of the unwillingness of customers to 
commit to longer terms in the low interest rate environment, and the expectation of rising rates on the horizon. The following table 
depicts how the average deposit mix has shifted during this five-year time frame.  

Checking 
NOW 
Money market 
Savings 
CDs 

(In percentages) 
December 31, 

2016 

2012 

22.5     
8.4     
19.3     
22.8     
27.0     

18.3   
7.7   
11.9   
25.3   
36.8   

Additional information regarding interest-bearing deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES  

Premises and equipment totaled $9.1 million at December 31, 2016, an decrease of $58,000 from $9.2 million at December 31, 2015. 
Bank-owned life insurance had a cash surrender value of $17.4 million at December 31, 2016 and $17.3 million at December 31, 
2015, which comprised approximately 25% of regulatory capital in both years. Management does not intend to make any significant 
insurance purchases. Other assets increased to $14.7 million at December 31, 2016 from $12.3 million at December 31, 2015. Net 
deferred tax assets measured $4.9 million at December 31, 2016 comparable to $3.3 million at December 31, 2015.  

In 2016, a $4.2 million investment in a partnership fund is included in other assets and $3.5 million at 2015, with an offsetting $2.5 
million in other liabilities in 2016 and $2.4 million in 2015, which is the commitment to fund this affordable housing investment. Also 
included in other assets is an investment of $2.0 million at both 2016 and 2015 into a privately managed pooled fund of small business 
administration loans. Both of these investments are intended to satisfy Community Reinvestment Act requirements.  

Other liabilities measured $9.3 million at December 31, 2016 and $9.7 million at December 31, 2015. In 2015, there was a $1.0 
million balance in securities to settle on investment purchases, with none at December 31, 2016. In addition to the commitment 
described above other major components are accrued interest on deposits and borrowings which measured $288,000 and $255,000 in 
2016 and 2015. Accrued expenses measured $4.3 million at December 31, 2016 and $3.9 million at December 31, 2015. Post-
retirement benefits is the largest accrued expense item, which measured $3.0 million at December 31, 2016 and $2.8 million at 
December 31, 2015.  

ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT  

The Company’s executive management and Board of Directors routinely review the Company’s balance sheet structure for stability, 
liquidity and capital adequacy. The Company has defined a set of key control parameters which provide various measures of the 
Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company’s asset-liability management goal is to produce a net interest margin 
that is relatively stable despite interest rate volatility, while maintaining an acceptable level of earnings. Net interest income is the 
difference between total interest earned on a fully taxable equivalent basis and total interest expensed. The net interest margin ratio 
expresses this difference as a percentage of average earning assets. In the past five years, the net interest margin has averaged 3.59% 
ranging between 3.41% and 3.67% as depicted in the following table.  

Net interest margin 

2016 

2015 

(In percentages) 
December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2012 

3.63   

3.65   

3.67   

3.41   

3.58 

Included among the various measurement techniques used by the Company to identify and manage exposure to changing interest rates 
is the use of computer-based simulation models. Computerized simulation techniques enable the Company to explore and measure net 
interest income volatility under alternative asset deployment strategies, different interest rate environments, various product offerings 
and changing growth patterns.  

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
During 2016, the effective maturities of earning assets remained fairly stable as rates in the credit markets remained extremely low. 
Federal Reserve policy makers kept the short-term rates in the range of 0.00% to 0.50% during all of 2016 in an attempt to ease strains 
in the financial market, stimulate spending and help improve the recovery. The quarter point tightening in December 2016 is not 
expected to affect markets significantly. During the year, management invested the excess funds, with an allocation towards municipal 
bonds for yield, and mortgage-backed securities for cash flow. 

The computerized simulation techniques utilized by management provide a more sophisticated measure of the degree to which the 
Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities may be impacted by changes in the general level of interest rates. These analyses 
show the Company’s net interest income remaining in an acceptable range within the economic and interest rate scenarios anticipated 
by management. As previously noted, the Company’s net interest margin has remained in the range of 3.41% to 3.67% over the past 
five years, a period characterized by significant shifts in the mix of earning assets and the direction and level of interest rates. The 
targeted Federal funds rate during that period ranged from a low of 0.00% to 0.50%, as Federal Reserve monetary policy turned from 
guarding against deflation to warding off inflationary threats to attempting to recover from a recession and softening the effects of the 
housing correction.  

LIQUIDITY  

The central role of the Company’s liquidity management is to (1) ensure sufficient liquid funds to meet the normal transaction 
requirements of its customers, (2) take advantage of market opportunities requiring flexibility and speed, and (3) provide a cushion 
against unforeseen liquidity needs.  

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Company may not be able to satisfy current or future financial commitments or may 
become unduly reliant on alternative funding sources. The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the Company has the ability 
to fund balance sheet growth and meet deposit and debt obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner. Management monitors 
liquidity through a regular review of asset and liability maturities, funding sources, and loan and deposit forecasts. The Company 
maintains strategic and contingency liquidity plans to ensure sufficient available funding to satisfy requirements for balance sheet 
growth, properly manage capital markets funding sources and address unexpected liquidity requirements.  

Principal sources of liquidity available to the Company include assets considered relatively liquid, such as interest-bearing deposits in 
other banks, federal funds sold, and cash and due from banks, as well as cash flows from maturities and repayments of loans, 
investment securities and mortgage-backed securities.  

Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and small business administration pools, 
along with investment securities maturing or called amounted to $21.2 million during 2016, representing 12.0% of the total combined 
portfolio, compared to $23.7 million, or 15.4%, of the portfolio a year ago.  

In order to address the concern of FDIC insurance of larger depositors, the Bank is a member of the Certificate of Deposit Account 
Registry Service (CDARS®) program and the Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) program. Through CDARS®, the Bank’s customers can 
increase their FDIC insurance by up to $50.0 million through reciprocal certificate of deposit accounts and likewise through ICS, they 
can accomplish the same through money market savings accounts. This is accomplished by the Bank entering into reciprocal 
depository relationships with other member banks. The individual customer’s large deposit is broken into amounts below $250,000 
and placed with other banks that are members of the network. The reciprocal member bank issues certificates of deposit or money 
market savings accounts in amounts that ensure that the entire deposit is eligible for FDIC insurance. The Bank can also enter into 
one-way buy or sell transactions which are not reciprocated. At December 31, 2016, the Bank had $22.3 million in deposits in the 
CDARS® program, and $9.3 million of deposits in the ICS money market program. For regulatory purposes, CDARS® and ICS are 
considered a brokered deposit even though reciprocal deposits are generally matched with funds from customers in the local market.  

43 

 
 
Along with its liquid assets, the Bank has other sources of liquidity available to it which help to ensure that adequate funds are 
available as needed. These other sources include, but are not limited to, the ability to obtain deposits through the adjustment of interest 
rates, the purchasing of federal funds, correspondent bank lines of credit and access to the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The 
Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, which provides its largest source of liquidity. At December 31, 
2016, the Bank had approximately $15.9 million available of collateral-based borrowing capacity at FHLB of Cincinnati, 
supplementing the $5.0 million of availability with the Federal Reserve Discount window. Additionally, the FHLB has committed a 
$30.1 million cash management line, of which nothing has been disbursed, subject to posting additional collateral. The Bank, by 
policy, has access to approximately 15% of total deposits in various forms of wholesale deposits that could be used as an additional 
source of liquidity. At December 31, 2016, there was $27.8 million in outstanding balances in wholesale deposits including internet-
based deposits with access to an additional $53.3 million. The Company was also granted a total of $8.5 million in unsecured, 
discretionary Federal Funds lines of credit with no funds drawn upon as of December 31, 2016. Unpledged securities of $64.3 million 
are also available for borrowing under repurchase agreements or as additional collateral for FHLB lines of credit or to sell to generate 
liquidity.  

The Company has other more limited sources of liquidity. In addition to its existing liquid assets, it can raise funds in the securities 
market through debt or equity offerings or it can receive dividends from the Bank. Generally, the Bank may pay dividends without 
prior approval as long as the dividend is not more than the total of the current calendar year-to-date earnings plus any earnings from 
the previous two years not already paid out in dividends, as long as the Bank remains well-capitalized after the dividend payment. The 
amount available for dividends in 2017 is $5.0 million plus 2017 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration. Future 
dividend payments by the Bank to the Company are based upon future earnings. The Company had cash of $320,000 at December 31, 
2016 available to meet cash needs. It also held a $6.0 million note receivable, the cash flow from which approximates the debt service 
on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Cash is generally used by the Company to pay quarterly interest payments on the debentures, 
to pay dividends to common shareholders and to fund operating expenses. 

Cash and cash equivalents decreased from $18.5 million in 2015 to $15.4 million in 2016. The following table details the cash flows 
from operating activities for the years ended 2016, 2015 and 2014.  

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow from operating 
   activities: 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion 
Provision for loan losses 
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net 
Decrease (Increase) in trading account 
Originations of mortgage banking loans held for sale 
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage banking loans 
Mortgage banking gains, net 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 

Changes in: 

Deferred taxes 
Federal income tax receivable 
Other assets and liabilities 

Net cash flow from operating activities 

$ 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

$ 

4,871      $ 

4,378      $ 

3,869   

2,770        
50        
(466 )      
8,134        
(61,003 )      
61,730        
(1,248 )      
(328 )      

(129 )      
281        
(1,417 )      
13,245      $ 

2,534        
455        
(75 )      
(273 )      
(39,191 )      
36,575        
(785 )      
(338 )      

303        
(260 )      
(1,936 )      
1,387      $ 

2,465   
1,638   
(588 ) 
(614 ) 
(18,443 ) 
18,907   
(440 ) 
(336 ) 

451   
982   
(685 ) 
7,206   

Key variations stem from: 1) Provision for loan losses decreased by $405,000 in 2016 from 2015.  The decreased amount in 2016 is 
because of a favorable outcome on a credit relationship which the specific reserve previously set aside was able to be used for other 
problem loans. $1.3 million of the provision in 2014 is related to the affiliated group.2) Gains were recognized on the sale of 
available-for-sale investments of $466,000 in 2016 mainly due to sales made to offset the loss on extinguishment of debt, and $75,000 
in 2015. 3) As of the end of 2016, the trading account was fully liquidated with a $8.1 million decrease compared to an increase of 
$273,000 in 2015. 4) Loans held for sale increased by $521,000 in 2016 compared to an increase of $3.4 million in 2015, with 
mortgage banking gains of $1.2 million in 2016 and $785,000 in 2015 due to the volume in mortgage banking. Refer to the 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in item 8 for a summary of the sources and uses of cash for 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
  
  
  
  
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS  

The Company has various obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments.  

Contractual Obligations: The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by 
payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  

Non-interest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing deposits (a) 
Average rate (b) 
Certificates of deposit (a) 
Average rate (b) 
Federal funds purchased and security repurchase 
   agreements (a) 
Average rate (b) 
FHLB advances (a) 
Average rate (b) 
Subordinated debt 
Average rate (b) 
Operating leases 

See Note 

5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

8 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2016 
Payments Due in: 
Three to 
Five Years 

Over Five 
Years 

  $ 

  $ 

—   
—   

—   
—   

One Year or 
Less 
  $ 117,225   
     291,758   

One to 
Three Years 
—   
  $ 
—   

0.22 %     

Total 
  $  117,225   
     291,758   

0.22 % 

     79,884   

     15,490   

     22,666   

     12,827   

     130,867   

0.71 %     

1.76 %     

2.65 %     

2.20 %     

1.32 % 

2,702   

0.33 %     

—   

     38,500   

2,000   

1.70 %     
—   

1.17 %     
—   

—   

—   

—   

206   

235   

105   

—   

2,702   

0.33 % 

—   

     40,500   

5,155   

2.41 %     
—   

1.67 % 

5,155   

2.41 % 
546   

(a)  Excludes present and future accrued interest.  
(b)  Variable-rate obligations reflect interest rates in effect at December 31, 2016.  

The Company’s operating lease obligations represent short- and long-term lease and rental payments for the Bank’s branch facilities.  

The Company also has obligations under its supplemental retirement plans as described in Item 8, Note 9 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. The postretirement benefit payments represent actuarially-determined future benefit payments to eligible plan 
participants. The Company does not have any commitments or obligations to the defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) at 
December 31, 2016 due to the funded status of the plan. Additional information regarding benefit plans can be found in Item 8, Note 9 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Off-balance sheet arrangements/commitments: The following table details the amounts and expected maturities of significant off-
balance sheet commitments. Additional information regarding commitments can be found in Item 8, Note 8 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2016 
Three to 
Five Years    

One to Three 
Years 

One Year or 
Less 

Over Five 
Years 

Total 

Commitments to extend credit: 

Commercial (including commercial real estate) 
Revolving home equity 
Overdraft protection 
Other 
Residential real estate 
Standby letters of credit 

$  23,251      $ 
   18,742        
9,655        
978        
3,756        
357        

528      $ 
—        
—        
—        
—        
55        

1,245      $  21,653      $  46,677   
20,444   
9,655   
978   
7,786   
412   

1,702        
—        
—        
4,030        
—        

—        
—        
—        
—        
—        

Commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements since these commitments often expire without being drawn upon.  

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
 
CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Regulatory standards for measuring capital adequacy require banks and bank holding companies to maintain capital based on “risk-
adjusted” assets so that categories of assets of potentially higher credit risk require more capital backing than assets with lower risk. In 
addition, banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain capital to support, on a risk-adjusted basis, certain off-balance 
sheet activities such as standby letters of credit and interest rate swaps.  

The risk-based standards classify capital into two tiers. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, noncumulative and 
cumulative perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and minority interests less intangibles, disallowed deferred 
tax assets and the unrealized market value adjustment of investment securities available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital consists of a limited 
amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, perpetual preferred stock (not included in Tier 1), hybrid capital instruments, term 
subordinated debt, and intermediate-term preferred stock.  

The Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) determines the risk weightings of direct credit substitutions that have 
been downgraded below investment grade. Included in the definition of a direct credit substitute are mezzanine and subordinated 
tranches of trust preferred securities and non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations. Following these guidelines results in an 
increase in total risk-weighted assets with an attendant decrease in the risk-based capital and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios.  

The Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.  

In early September 2013, the regulatory bodies substantially revised the capital requirements for all banks, varying with the size of the 
institution. The new requirements became effective January 1, 2015 and are to be phased in over four years. The Company does not 
expect a material change to its excess capital position currently enjoyed.  

Additional information regarding regulatory matters, including capital requirements, can be found in Item 8, Note 13 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and in the Supervision and Regulation portion of Item 1 - Business.   

INTEREST RATE RISK  

Interest rate risk is measured as the impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest income. Components of interest rate 
risk comprise re-pricing risk, basis risk and yield curve risk. Re-pricing risk arises due to timing differences in the re-pricing of assets 
and liabilities as interest rate changes occur. Basis risk occurs when re-pricing assets and liabilities reference different key rates. Yield 
curve risk arises when a shift occurs in the relationship among key rates across the maturity spectrum.  

The effective management of interest rate risk seeks to limit the adverse impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest 
margin, providing the Company with the best opportunity for maintaining consistent earnings growth. Toward this end, management 
uses computer simulation to model the Company’s financial performance under varying interest rate scenarios. These scenarios may 
reflect changes in the level of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve, and changes in interest rate relationships.  

The simulation model allows management to test and evaluate alternative responses to a changing interest rate environment. Typically 
when confronted with a heightened risk of rising interest rates, the Company will evaluate strategies that shorten investment and loan 
re-pricing intervals and maturities, emphasize the acquisition of floating rate over fixed rate assets, and lengthen the maturities of 
liability funding sources. When the risk of falling rates is perceived, management will consider strategies that shorten the maturities of 
funding sources, lengthen the re-pricing intervals and maturities of investments and loans, and emphasize the acquisition of fixed rate 
assets over floating rate assets. The Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, caps, floors or 
other similar instruments. Interest rate swaps are currently used to accommodate large commercial borrowers desiring longer term 
fixed rates. 

Run-off rate assumptions for loans are based on the consensus speeds for the various loan types. Investment speeds are based on the 
characteristics of each individual investment. Re-pricing characteristics are based upon actual information obtained from the Bank’s 
information system data and other related programs. Actual results may differ from simulated results not only due to the timing, 
magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, but also due to changes in general economic conditions, changes in customer 
preferences and behavior, and changes in strategies by both existing and potential competitors.  

The following table shows the Company’s current estimate of interest rate sensitivity based on the composition of its balance sheet at 
December 31, 2016. For purposes of this analysis, short-term interest rates as measured by the federal funds rate and the prime lending 
rate are assumed to increase (decrease) gradually over the next twelve months reaching a level 300 basis points higher (and 100 basis 
points lower) than the rates in effect at December 31, 2016. Because rates on the short end of the curve are below 3%, it is not 
practical to review results to the degree of 300 basis points lower. Under both the rising rate scenario and the falling rate scenario, the 
yield curve is assumed to exhibit a parallel shift.  

46 

During 2016, the Federal Reserve kept its target rate for overnight federal funds constant until late December. At December 31, 2016, 
the difference between the yield on the ten-year Treasury and the three-month Treasury had only slightly decreased to a positive 194 
from the positive 211 basis points that existed at December 31, 2015, indicating that the yield curve had remained similarly shaped. At 
December 31, 2016, rates peaked at the 30-year point on the Treasury yield curve. The yield curve remains positively sloping as 
interest rates continue to increase with a lengthening of maturities, with rates peaking at the long-end of the Treasury yield curve.  

The base case against which interest rate sensitivity is measured assumes no change in short-term rates. The base case also assumes no 
growth in assets and liabilities and no change in asset or liability mix. Under these simulated conditions, the base case projects net 
interest income of $21.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2017.  

Change in interest rates: 

Graduated increase of +300 basis points 
Short-term rates unchanged (base case) 
Graduated decrease of -100 basis points 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2017 

Net Interest 
Income 

$ Change 

% Change 

$ 

23,035      $ 
21,656        
21,060        

1,379        

6.4 % 

(596 )      

(2.8 )% 

The level of interest rate risk indicated is within limits that management considers acceptable. However, given that interest rate 
movements can be sudden and unanticipated and are increasingly influenced by global events and circumstances beyond the purview 
of the Federal Reserve, no assurances can be made that interest rate movements will not impact key assumptions and parameters in a 
manner not presently embodied by the model.  

It is management’s opinion that hedging instruments currently available are not a cost effective means of controlling interest rate risk 
for the Company. Accordingly, the Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, swaps, caps, 
floors or other similar instruments, but does utilize swaps to accommodate large commercial borrowers that desire longer term fixed 
rates. 

IMPACT OF INFLATION  

Consolidated financial information included herein has been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles, which require the Company to measure financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars. Changes in 
the relative value of money due to inflation are generally not considered. Neither the price, timing nor magnitude of changes directly 
coincides with changes in interest rates.  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Not applicable to the Company because it is a smaller 
reporting company.  

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report: 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ...................................................................... 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .................................................................................................. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 ........................................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ............................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 .................. 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ...................... 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ..................................... 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ......................................................................................................................... 

48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
    
         
         
  
  
         
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed 
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

A material weakness is a significant deficiency (as defined in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 5), 
or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of 
the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by management or employees in the 
normal course of performing their assigned functions.  

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In 
making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO) 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of 
December 31, 2016, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding 
internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered 
public accounting firm pursuant to a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act which eliminates such requirements for “smaller reporting 
companies” as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission regulations.  

/s/ James M. Gasior 
James M. Gasior 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Cortland, Ohio 
March 23, 2017 

    /s/ David J. Lucido 
    David J. Lucido 
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

  Cortland, Ohio 
    March 23, 2017 

48 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Cortland Bancorp  
Cortland, Ohio  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 
2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Cortland 
Bancorp’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. Cortland Bancorp is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over 
financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Cortland 
Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  

/s/ S.R. Snodgrass, P.C. 
S.R. Snodgrass, P.C.  
Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania 
March 23, 2017 

49 

  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)  

ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-earning deposits 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities available-for-sale (Note 2) 
Trading securities (Note 2) 
Loans held for sale 
Total loans (Note 3) 
Less allowance for loan losses (Note 3) 

Net loans 

Premises and equipment 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Noninterest-bearing deposits 
Interest-bearing deposits (Note 5) 

Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term (Note 6) 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term (Note 6) 
Subordinated debt (Note 7) 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Common stock - $5.00 stated value - authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued 4,728,267 
   shares in 2016 and 2015; outstanding shares, 4,420,255 in 2016 and 4,404,783 in 2015 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Treasury stock, at cost, 308,012 shares in 2016 and 323,484 shares in 2015 

Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

December 31, 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7,021      $ 
8,330        
15,351        
179,219        
—        
4,554        
419,768        
(4,868 )      
414,900        
9,132        
17,376        
14,652        
655,184      $ 

117,225      $ 
422,625        
539,850        
2,702        
23,000        
17,500        
5,155        
9,307        
597,514        

23,641        
20,878        
21,485        
(2,961 )      
(5,373 )      
57,670        
655,184      $ 

8,454   
10,042   
18,496   
153,901   
8,134   
4,033   
394,254   
(5,194 ) 
389,060   
9,190   
17,328   
12,301   
612,443   

108,144   
388,260   
496,404   
2,499   
17,000   
25,000   
5,155   
9,701   
555,759   

23,641   
20,833   
17,851   
(238 ) 
(5,403 ) 
56,684   
612,443   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

50 

  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
  
    
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
  
    
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  

For the years ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

$ 

18,554      $ 

16,909      $ 

16,120   

INTEREST INCOME 
Interest and fees on loans 
Interest and dividends on investment securities: 

Taxable interest 
Nontaxable interest 
Dividends 

Other interest income 

Total interest income 

INTEREST EXPENSE 
Deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Subordinated debt 

Total interest expense 
Net interest income 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES (Note 3) 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES    
NON-INTEREST INCOME 
Fees for customer services 
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net 
Trading security (losses) gains, net 
Mortgage banking gains, net 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 
Wealth management income 
Other non-interest income 

Total non-interest income 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy and equipment 
State and local taxes 
FDIC insurance 
Professional fees 
Advertising and marketing 
Net losses from the extinguishment of debt 
Data processing fees 
Other operating expenses 

Total non-interest expenses 

INCOME BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE 
Federal income tax expense (Note 10) 
NET INCOME 
EARNINGS PER SHARE BASIC AND DILUTED (Note 1) 
CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE 

$ 
$ 
$ 

2,026        
1,814        
117        
44        
22,555        

2,093        
7        
73        
633        
112        
2,918        
19,637        
50        
19,587        

2,103        
466        
(47 )      
1,248        
328        
95        
404        
4,597        

10,169        
2,151        
455        
251        
882        
527        
242        
250        
3,259        
18,186        
5,998        
1,127        
4,871      $ 
1.11      $ 
0.28      $ 

2,343        
1,716        
126        
19        
21,113        

1,668        
4        
40        
804        
91        
2,607        
18,506        
455        
18,051        

2,019        
75        
(11 )      
785        
338        
435        
268        
3,909        

9,311        
2,019        
389        
304        
830        
454        
—        
263        
2,793        
16,363        
5,597        
1,219        
4,378      $ 
0.97      $ 
0.24      $ 

2,677   
1,721   
126   
21   
20,665   

1,694   
3   
156   
943   
88   
2,884   
17,781   
1,638   
16,143   

2,007   
588   
327   
440   
336   
313   
116   
4,127   

9,147   
1,912   
341   
309   
815   
277   
—   
200   
2,498   
15,499   
4,771   
902   
3,869   
0.85   
0.18   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

51 

  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
    
         
         
  
    
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  
(Amounts in thousands)  

Net income 
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 
Securities available for sale: 

For the years ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

$ 

4,871   

  $ 

4,378   

  $ 

3,869   

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities 
Tax effect 
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income 
Tax effect 

Total securities available-for-sale 

Change in post-retirement obligations 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

Total comprehensive income 

(3,719 )      
1,265        
(466 )      
158        
(2,762 )      
39        
(2,723 )      
2,148      $ 

(692 )      
235        
(75 )      
26        
(506 )      
(108 )      
(614 )      
3,764      $ 

5,465   
(1,858 ) 
(588 ) 
200   
3,219   
45   
3,264   
7,133   

$ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
       
  
  
  
  
       
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 

Treasury 
Stock 
(3,553 )   $  49,535   
3,869   
3,264   
(816 ) 
55,852   
4,378   
(614 ) 
(1,082 ) 

—       
—       
—       
(3,553 )     
—       
—       
—       

(2,888 )   $ 
—       
3,264       
—       
376       
—       
(614 )     
—       

—       
(238 )     
—       
(2,723 )     
—       
—       
(2,961 )   $ 

(1,850 )     
(5,403 )     
—       
—       
—       
30       

(1,850 ) 
56,684   
4,871   
(2,723 ) 
(1,237 ) 
75   
(5,373 )   $  57,670   

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  

Common 
Stock 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings       

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive (Loss) 
Income 

Balance at December 31, 2013 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income 
Cash dividend declared ($0.18 per share) 

Balance at December 31, 2014 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss 
Cash dividend declared ($0.24 per share) 
Treasury shares purchased net of 1 share 
   reissued (123,065 shares) 
Balance at December 31, 2015 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss 
Cash dividend declared ($0.28 per share) 
Equity compensation 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

—       
—       
—       

—       
—       
—       

$  23,641     $  20,833     $  11,502     $ 
3,869       
—       
(816 )     
   23,641        20,833        14,555       
4,378       
—       
(1,082 )     

—       
—       
—       

—       
—       
—       

—       

—       

—       
   23,641        20,833        17,851       
4,871       
—       
(1,237 )     
—       
$  23,641     $  20,878     $  21,485     $ 

—       
—       
—       
45       

—       
—       
—       
—       

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

53 

  
  
    
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
(Amounts in thousands)  

Net cash flow from operating activities 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow from operating activities: 

For the years ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

$ 

4,871      $ 

4,378      $ 

3,869   

Depreciation, amortization and accretion 
Provision for loan losses 
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net 
Originations of mortgage banking loans held for sale 
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage banking loans 
Mortgage banking gains, net 
Decrease (increase) in trading account 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 

Changes in: 

Interest receivable 
Interest payable 
Deferred taxes 
Federal income tax receivable 
Other assets and liabilities 

Net cash flow from operating activities 

Cash deficit from investing activities 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from call, maturity and principal payments on available-for-sale 
   securities 
Net increase in loans made to customers 
Proceeds from sale of other real estate 
Proceeds from or (purchases) of bank-owned life insurance 
Purchases of premises and equipment 

Net cash deficit from investing activities 

Cash flow from financing activities 
Net increase in deposit accounts 
Net change in short-term borrowings 
Net change in Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Repayments of  Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Dividends paid 
Treasury shares purchased 

Net cash flow from financing activities 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Beginning of period 
End of period 
Supplemental disclosures: 
Cash paid during the period for: 

Income taxes 
Interest 
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

2,770        
50        
(466 )      
(61,003 )      
61,730        
(1,248 )      
8,134        
(328 )      

(401 )      
33        
(129 )      
281        
(1,049 )      
13,245        

(103,032 ) 
50,862   

21,203   
(25,937 ) 
121   
280   
(799 ) 
(57,302 ) 

43,446   
203   
6,000   
2,000   
(9,500 ) 
(1,237 ) 
—   
40,912   
(3,145 ) 

2,534        
455        
(75 )      
(39,191 )      
36,575        
(785 )      
(273 )      
(338 )      

83        
7        
303        
(260 )      
(2,026 )      
1,387        

(29,055 ) 
12,291   

23,708   
(34,594 ) 
41   
—   
(2,302 ) 
(29,911 ) 

39,643   
(1,760 ) 
1,500   
4,000   
(4,000 ) 
(1,082 ) 
(1,850 ) 
36,451   
7,927   

18,496   
15,351   

  $ 

10,569   
18,496   

  $ 

2,465   
1,638   
(588 ) 
(18,443 ) 
18,907   
(440 ) 
(614 ) 
(336 ) 

(48 ) 
(42 ) 
451   
982   
(595 ) 
7,206   

(52,515 ) 
32,733   

22,137   
(13,649 ) 
99   
(1,605 ) 
(1,864 ) 
(14,664 ) 

8,092   
455   
7,400   
3,000   
(12,500 ) 
(816 ) 
—   
5,631   
(1,827 ) 

12,396   
10,569   

625      $ 
2,886      $ 
47      $ 

1,010      $ 
2,600      $ 
62      $ 

320   
2,926   
97   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
       
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
         
         
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
         
         
  
    
         
         
  
  
 
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

The accounting and financial reporting policies of Cortland Bancorp (the Company), and its bank subsidiary, The Cortland Savings 
and Banking Company (the Bank), reflect banking industry practices and conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A 
summary of the significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements is set forth below.  

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned 
subsidiaries, the Bank, CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. and New Resources Leasing Co. All significant intercompany balances and 
transactions have been eliminated.  

Industry Segment Information: The Company and its subsidiaries operate in the domestic banking industry which accounts for 
substantially all of the Company’s assets, revenues and operating income. The Company, through the Bank, grants residential, 
consumer, and commercial loans and offers a variety of saving plans to customers located primarily in the Northeastern Ohio and 
Western Pennsylvania area. Based on the analysis performed by the Company, management has determined that the Company only 
has one operating segment, which is commercial banking. The chief operating decision-makers use consolidated results to make 
operating and strategic decisions, and therefore are not required to disclose any additional segment information.  

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  

Cash Flow: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks, both interest and non-interest bearing, but 
excludes the liquid portion of the securities trading account. The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions, 
deposit transactions and deposits made with other financial institutions.  

Investment Securities: Investments in debt and equity securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. 
Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities 
classified as available-for-sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons, even though 
management has no present intentions to do so. Securities classified as trading are those that management has bought principally for 
the purpose of selling in the near term. The Company currently has no securities classified as held-to-maturity or trading.  

Available-for-sale securities, other than regulatory stock, are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a 
separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Realized gains or losses on dispositions are based on net proceeds and the 
adjusted carrying amount of securities sold, using the specific identification method. Interest income includes amortization of purchase 
premium or discount and is amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating payments, except for U.S. Government 
mortgage-backed and related securities where twelve months of historical prepayments are taken into consideration. Trading securities 
are carried at fair value with valuation adjustments included in non-interest income. 

The regulatory stock is carried at cost (its redeemable value) and the Company is required to hold such investments as a condition of 
membership in order to transact business with the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Cincinnati and the Federal Reserve Bank 
(FRB). The stock is bought from and sold based upon its par value. The stock cannot be traded or sold in any market and as such is 
classified as restricted stock, carried at cost (its redeemable value) and evaluated by management. The stock’s value is determined by 
the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines. The determination of whether the par value 
will ultimately be recovered is influenced by criteria such as the following: (a) the significance of the decline in net assets of the 
FHLB and FRB as compared to the capital stock amount and the length of time this situation has persisted, (b) commitments by the 
FHLB and FRB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating 
performance, (c) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the customer base of the FHLB and FRB and (d) the liquidity 
position of the FHLB and FRB. The Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 
31, 2016. 

Other-than-Temporary Investment Security Impairment: Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in value 
is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, along with the reasons 
underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other-than-temporary. The term “other-than-temporary” is not 
intended to indicate that the decline in value is permanent, but indicates that the prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not 
necessarily favorable and that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the 
investment. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investments have not been recognized into income. However, once a decline in 
value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the credit related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) is recognized in earnings 

55 

 
 
  
while the non-credit related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). 
Unrealized losses on trading securities are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  

Loans: Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding net of the unamortized balance of deferred loan origination fees and costs. 
Deferred loan origination fees and costs are amortized as an adjustment to the related loan yield over the contractual life using the 
level-yield method. Interest income on loans is accrued over the term of the loans based on the amount of principal outstanding. The 
accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management determines that the collection of interest is doubtful. Generally, a loan 
is placed on non-accrual status once the borrower is 90 days past due on payments, or whenever sufficient information is received to 
question the collectability of the loan or any time legal proceedings are initiated involving a loan. Interest income accrued up to the 
date a loan is placed on non-accrual is reversed through interest income. Cash payments received while a loan is classified as non-
accrual are recorded as a reduction to principal or reported as interest income according to management’s judgment as to the 
collectability of principal. A loan is returned to accrual status when either all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due 
are brought current and future payments are, in management’s judgment, collectable, or when it otherwise becomes well secured and 
in the process of collection. When a loan is charged-off, any interest accrued but not collected on the loan is charged against earnings. 
The same treatment is applied to impaired loans, which means that it is probable that all amounts will not be collected according to the 
contractual terms of the loan agreement. 

Loans Held for Sale: The Company originates certain residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market. The 
Company concurrently sells the rights to service the related loans. These loans are classified as loans held for sale, and carried at the 
estimated fair value based on secondary market prices. Adjustments to the fair value of loans held for sale are included in “mortgage 
banking gains” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred fees and costs related to loans held for sale are not amortized, but 
included in the cost basis at the time of sale.  

Allowance for Loan Losses (ALLL) and Allowance for Losses on Lending Related Commitments: Management establishes the 
allowance for loan losses based upon its evaluation of the pertinent factors underlying the types and quality of loans in the portfolio. 
Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are reviewed on a regular basis with a focus on larger loans, along with loans 
which have experienced past payment or financial deficiencies. Larger commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are 
evaluated for impairment in accordance with the Bank’s loan review policy. These loans are analyzed to determine if they are 
impaired. All loans that are delinquent 90 days and are placed on non-accrual status are evaluated on an individual basis. Allowances 
for loan losses on impaired loans are determined using the estimated future cash flows of the loan, discounted to their present value 
using the loan’s effective interest rate, or in most cases, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. If the analysis indicates a 
collection shortfall, a specific reserve is allocated to loans on an individual basis which are reviewed for impairment. The remaining 
loans are evaluated and classified as groups of loans with similar risk characteristics.  

Estimating the risk of loss and the amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective. Accordingly, the allowance is maintained by 
management at a level considered adequate to cover possible losses that are currently anticipated. Estimates of credit losses should 
reflect consideration of all significant factors that affect collectability of the portfolio. While historical loss experience provides a 
reasonable starting point, historical losses, or even recent trends in losses are not, by themselves, a sufficient basis to determine the 
appropriate level for the ALLL. Management will also consider any factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated 
with the Bank’s current portfolio to differ from historical loss experience. Factors include, but are not limited to, changes in lending 
policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-offs, and recovery practices; changes in economic 
trends; changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio; changes in the experience and ability of lending management and the depth 
of staff; changes in the trend, volume and severity of past-due and classified loans, and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans; the 
existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; levels and trends in classification; 
declining trends in performance; structure and lack of performance measures and migration between risk classifications.  

Key risk factors and assumptions are updated to reflect actual experience and changing circumstances. While management may 
periodically allocate portions of the ALLL for specific problem loans, the entire ALLL is available for any charge-offs that occur.  

Certain collateral dependent loans are evaluated individually for impairment, based on management’s best estimate of discounted cash 
repayments and the anticipated proceeds from liquidating collateral. The actual timing and amount of repayments and the ultimate 
realizable value of the collateral may differ from management’s estimates.  

The expected loss for certain other commercial credits utilizes internal risk ratings. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in the 
customer’s risk profile, the realizable value of collateral, other risk factors and the related loss experience of other credits of similar 
risk. Consumer credits generally employ statistical loss factors, adjusted for other risk indicators, applied to pools of similar loans 
stratified by asset type. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in delinquency status and shifts in the aggregate risk profile.  

56 

 
The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent 
in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan 
losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets within other liabilities, while the corresponding 
provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other operating expense.  

Loan Charge-off Policies: Consumer loans are generally fully or partially charged down to the fair value of collateral securing the 
asset prior to the loan becoming 180 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. All other loans are 
generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due.  

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR): A loan is classified as a TDR when management grants a concession for other than an 
insignificant period of time to the borrower that would not otherwise be considered, except in situations of economic difficulties. 
Management strives to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify to more affordable terms before 
their loan reaches non-accrual status. These modified terms may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance 
and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. In cases where 
borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal, management measures any impairment on 
the restructuring as noted above for impaired loans. In addition to the allowance for the pooled portfolios, management has developed 
a separate allowance for loans that are identified as impaired through a TDR. These loans are excluded from pooled loss forecasts and 
a separate reserve is provided under the accounting guidance for loan impairment.  

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. 
Depreciation is computed generally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (5 to 40 years) of the various assets. 
Maintenance and repairs are expensed and major improvements are capitalized.  

Other Real Estate: Real estate acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is included in other assets on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Such real estate is carried at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any reduction from the carrying 
value of the related loan to fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as a loan loss. Any subsequent reduction in fair value 
is reflected as a valuation allowance through a charge to income. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, whereas 
costs relating to holding and maintaining the property are charged to expense.  

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance: Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) represents life insurance on the lives of certain Company 
employees, officers and directors who have provided positive consent allowing the Company to be the co-beneficiary of such policies. 
Since the Company is the owner of the insurance policies, increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as its share of insurance 
proceeds received, are recorded in noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash surrender value of the policies is 
included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the 
purchase of BOLI and quarterly thereafter. The amount of BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of Tier I Capital. The 
Company has purchased BOLI to provide a long-term asset to offset long-term benefit liabilities, while generating competitive 
investment yields.  

Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangement: The Company maintains a liability for the death benefit promised under split-
dollar life insurance arrangements.  

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities: To mitigate interest rate risk associated with commitments made to borrowers for 
mortgage loans that have not yet closed and that are intended for sale in the secondary markets, the Company may enter into 
commitments to sell loans or mortgage-backed securities, considered to be derivatives, to limit exposure to potential movements in 
market interest rates. The Company also enters into contracts for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate 
locks are entered into in order to economically hedge potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates. These contracts are also 
derivative instruments. All derivative instruments are recognized as either other assets or other liabilities at fair value in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains or losses are recorded as part of mortgage banking gains on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.  

Advertising and Marketing: The Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as incurred. 

Income Taxes: A deferred tax liability or asset is determined at each balance sheet date. It is measured by applying currently enacted 
tax laws to future amounts that result from differences in the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.  

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income: Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income for the Company is comprised of unrealized 
holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net of tax, and post-retirement obligations. 

57 

 
Per Share Amounts: Earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted 
average number of shares of common outstanding stock, net of any treasury shares, during the period. Diluted earnings per share is 
calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock 
outstanding, net of any treasury shares, after consideration of the potential dilutive effect of common stock equivalents, based upon the 
treasury stock method using an average market price for the period. The common stock equivalents are comprised of the restricted 
share awards.  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common share:  

Net income (amounts in thousands) 
Weighted average common shares outstanding 
Net effect of dilutive common share equivalents 
Adjusted average shares outstanding - dilutive 

Basic earnings per share 
Dilutive earnings per share 

Years ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

4,871      $ 
4,406,005        
1,264        
4,407,269        

4,378      $ 
4,497,825        
—        
4,497,825        

2014 

3,869   
4,527,848   
—   
4,527,848   

1.11      $ 
1.11      $ 

0.97      $ 
0.97      $ 

0.85   
0.85   

$ 

$ 
$ 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to 
make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the 
exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are 
funded.  

Reclassifications: Certain items in the financial statements for 2015 and 2014 have been reclassified to conform to the 2016 
presentation. Such reclassifications did not affect net income or shareholders’ equity. 

Authoritative Accounting Guidance:  

In  May 2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (a  new  revenue  recognition  standard).  The 
Update’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount 
that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  In  addition,  this 
Update specifies the accounting for certain costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and expands disclosure requirements for 
revenue  recognition.  This  Update  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December 15,  2016,  including  interim 
periods within that reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the standard  will have on the 
Company’s financial position or results of operations. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers (Topic 606). The amendments in this Update defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year.  Public 
business  entities,  certain  not-for-profit  entities,  and  certain  employee  benefit  plans  should  apply  the  guidance  in  ASU  2014-09  to 
annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  including  interim  reporting  periods  within  that  reporting  period.    All 
other entities should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim 
reporting  periods  within  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2019.  This  Update  is  not  expected  to  have  a 
significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805).  The amendments in this Update require that 
an acquirer recognizes adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in 
which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments in this Update require that the acquirer record, in the same period's 
financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the 
change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date.  The amendments in this 
Update require an entity to present separately on the face of the income statement or disclose in the notes the portion of the amount 
recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the 
provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date.  For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  For all other entities, 
the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2017. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

58 

 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
  
  
 
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10):  Recognition and Measurement 
of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.  This Update applies to all entities that hold financial assets or owe financial liabilities 
and is intended to provide more useful information on the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial 
instruments.  Among other things, this Update (a) requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of 
accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in 
net income; (b) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a 
qualitative assessment to identify impairment; (c) eliminates the requirement to disclose the fair value of financial instruments 
measured at amortized cost for entities that are not public business entities; (d) eliminates the requirement for public business entities 
to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial 
instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; (e) requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when 
measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (f) requires an entity to present separately in other 
comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific 
credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial 
instruments; (g) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of 
financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; 
and (h) clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale 
securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets.  For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  For all other entities 
including not-for-profit entities and employee benefit plans within the scope of Topics 960 through 965 on plan accounting, the 
amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2019. All entities that are not public business entities may adopt the amendments in this Update earlier 
as of the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is 
currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the standard will have the Company’s financial position or results of operations.  

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).  The standard requires lessees to recognize the assets and 
liabilities that arise from leases on the balance sheet.  A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to 
make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term.  A 
short-term lease is defined as one in which (a) the lease term is 12 months or less and (b) there is not an option to purchase the 
underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise.  For short-term leases, lessees may elect to recognize lease payments 
over the lease term on a straight-line basis.  For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those years.  For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after  
December 15, 2020.  The amendments should be applied at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified 
retrospective approach with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period.  This Update is 
not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). The amendments in this Update apply to all 
reporting  entities  for  which  there  is  a  change  in  the  counterparty  to  a  derivative  instrument  that  has  been  designated  as  a  hedging 
instrument under Topic 815. The standards in this Update clarify that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has 
been designated as the hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and of itself, require designation of that hedging relationship 
provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are 
effective  for financial statements issued for fiscal  years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal 
years. For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2017, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. An entity has an option to apply the 
amendments  in  this  Update  on  either  a  prospective  basis  or  a  modified  retrospective  basis.  Early  adoption  is  permitted,  including 
adoption in an interim period. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815).  The amendments apply to all entities that are 
issuers of or investors in debt instruments (or hybrid financial instruments that are determined to have a debt host) with embedded call 
(put)  options.  The  amendments  in  this  Update  clarify  the  requirements  for  assessing  whether  contingent  call  (put)  options  that  can 
accelerate  the  payment  of  principal  on  debt  instruments  are  clearly  and  closely  related  to  their  debt  host.  An  entity  performing  the 
assessment under the amendments in this Update is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the 
four-step decision sequence. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued 
for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2016,  and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  For  entities  other  than  public 
business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 2017, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption 
in an interim period. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

59 

 
 
 
 
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The amendments in this Update 
affect all entities that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. The standards in this Update provide simplification for 
several  aspects  of  the  accounting  for  share-based  payment  transactions,  including  the  income  tax  consequences,  classification  of 
awards as with equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Some of the areas for simplification apply only to 
nonpublic  entities.  In  addition  to  those  simplifications,  the  amendments  eliminate  the  guidance  in  Topic  718  that  was  indefinitely 
deferred  shortly  after  the  issuance  of  FASB  Statement  No.  123  (revised  2004),  Share-Based  Payment.  This  should  not  result  in  a 
change in practice because the guidance that is being superseded was never effective. For public business entities, the amendments in 
this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. For 
all other entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after    December 15, 2017, and interim periods within 
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted for any entity in any interim or annual period. This 
Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In  May  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-11,  Revenue  Recognition  (Topic  605)  and  Derivative  and  Hedging  (Topic  815),  which 
rescinds SEC paragraphs pursuant to two SEC Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016, Emerging Issues Task Force meeting.  This 
Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements  

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial 
Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which changes the impairment model for most financial assets. This Update is intended to improve 
financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial 
institutions and other organizations.  The underlying premise of the Update is that financial assets measured at amortized cost should 
be presented at the net amount expected to be collected, through an allowance for credit losses that is deducted from the amortized 
cost basis. The allowance for credit losses should reflect management’s current estimate of credit losses that are expected to occur 
over the remaining life of a financial asset.  The income statement will be effected for the measurement of credit losses for newly 
recognized financial assets, as well as the expected increases or decreases of expected credit losses that have taken place during the 
period. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted 
for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. With certain exceptions, transition to the new requirements will be 
through a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the 
guidance is adopted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the standard will have on the Company’s 
financial position or results of operations. We expect to recognize a one-time cumulative effect adjustment to the allowance for loan 
losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective, but cannot yet determine the magnitude 
of any such one-time adjustment or the overall impact of the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230):  Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and 
Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing diversity in practice.  
Among these include recognizing cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment as cash outflows for financing activities; 
cash proceeds received from the settlement of insurance claims should be classified on the basis of the related insurance coverage; and 
cash proceeds received from the settlement of bank-owned life insurance policies should be classified as cash inflows from investing 
activities while the cash payments for premiums on bank-owned policies may be classified as cash outflows for investing activities, 
operating activities, or a combination of investing and operating activities.  The amendments in this Update are effective for public 
business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, 
the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning 
after  December  15,  2019.  Early  adoption  is  permitted,  including  adoption  in  an  interim  period.  If  an  entity  early  adopts  the 
amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim 
period.  An  entity  that  elects  early  adoption  must  adopt  all  of  the  amendments  in  the  same  period.  The  amendments  in  this  Update 
should  be  applied  using  a  retrospective  transition  method  to  each  period  presented.  If  it  is  impracticable  to  apply  the  amendments 
retrospectively  for  some  of  the  issues,  the  amendments  for  those  issues  would  be  applied  prospectively  as  of  the  earliest  date 
practicable. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the standard will have on the Company’s statement of 
cash flows.  

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-18,  Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230)  (“ASU  2016-18”),  which  requires  that  a 
statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described 
as  restricted  cash  or  restricted  cash  equivalents.  Therefore,  amounts  generally  described  as  restricted  cash  and  restricted  cash 
equivalents  should  be  included  with  cash  and  cash  equivalents  when  reconciling  the  beginning-of-period  and  end-of-period  total 
amounts  shown  on  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  The  amendments  in  this  Update  are  effective  for  public  business  entities  for  fiscal 
years  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  For  all  other  entities,  the  amendments  are 
effective for  fiscal  years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods  within  fiscal  years beginning after December 15, 
2019.  Early  adoption  is  permitted,  including  adoption  in  an  interim  period.  If  an  entity  early  adopts  the  amendments  in  an  interim 
period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period.  The amendments in 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
this Update should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented.  The Company is currently evaluating 
the impact the adoption of the standard will have on the Company’s statement of cash flows.  

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805), Clarifying the Definition of a Business “ASU 
2017-01”, which provides a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as 
a “set”) is a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is 
concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This screen reduces the 
number  of  transactions  that  need  to  be  further  evaluated.    Public  business  entities  should  apply  the  amendments  in  this  Update  to 
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. All other entities should apply the 
amendments  to  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2018,  and  interim  periods  within  annual  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2019.  The amendments in this Update should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date.  This Update is not 
expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-03, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments—Equity 
Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the September 22, 2016 
and November 17, 2016 EITF Meetings. This ASU adds an SEC paragraph to the Codification following an SEC Staff Announcement 
about applying Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) Topic 11.M. Specifically this announcement applies to ASU No. 2014- 09, Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606); ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842); and ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—
Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. A registrant should evaluate ASUs that have not 
yet been adopted to determine the appropriate financial statement disclosures about the potential material effects of those ASUs on the 
financial statements when adopted. If a registrant does not know or cannot reasonably estimate the impact that adoption of the ASUs 
referenced in this announcement are expected to have on the financial statements, then in addition to making a statement to that effect, 
that registrant should consider additional qualitative financial statement disclosures to assist the reader in assessing the significance of 
the impact that the standard will have on the financial statements of the registrant when adopted. In this regard, the SEC staff expects 
the additional qualitative disclosures to include a description of the effect of the accounting policies that the registrant expects to apply, 
if determined, and a comparison to the registrant’s current accounting policies. Also, a registrant should describe the status of its 
process to implement the new standards and the significant implementation matters yet to be addressed. The amendments in this 
Update are effective immediately. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES  

The following is a summary of investment securities available-for-sale:  

December 31, 2016 
U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools 
Trust preferred securities 
Total debt securities 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock 
Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock 

Total regulatory stock 

Total investment securities available-for-sale 

$ 

December 31, 2015 
U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools 
Trust preferred securities 
Total debt securities 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock 
Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock 

Total regulatory stock 

Total investment securities available-for-sale 

$ 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

3      $ 
582        
32        
—        
1        
—        
618        
—        
—        
—        
618      $ 

180      $ 
2,031        
1,546        
155        
317        
795        
5,024        
—        
—        
—        
5,024      $ 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

136      $ 
1,386        
165        
—        
—        
—        
1,687        
—        
—        
—        
1,687      $ 

68      $ 
120        
679        
135        
46        
862        
1,910        
—        
—        
—        
1,910      $ 

Fair Value 

7,988   
66,770   
79,767   
9,349   
11,939   
825   
176,638   
2,355   
226   
2,581   
179,219   

Fair Value 

12,623   
51,405   
69,679   
13,530   
2,837   
778   
150,852   
2,823   
226   
3,049   
153,901   

Amortized Cost       
$ 

8,165      $ 
68,219        
81,281        
9,504        
12,255        
1,620        
181,044        
2,355        
226        
2,581        
183,625      $ 

Amortized Cost       
$ 

12,555      $ 
50,139        
70,193        
13,665        
2,883        
1,640        
151,075        
2,823        
226        
3,049        
154,124      $ 

Trading securities historically have been an investment in obligations of states and political subdivisions, government and agency 
bonds, short-term government bonds and included cash equivalent investments for trading liquidity. In the second quarter, 
management decided to cease its trading activities and liquidated the investments that were in the trading account. The current interest 
rate and economic environment mitigated the opportunities to generate revenues with a trading strategy. At December 31, 2016, there 
were no trading securities and at December 31, 2015 trading securities were $8.1 million.  Both realized and unrealized gains and 
losses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Unrealized gains 
Unrealized losses 
Net unrealized gains 
Net realized (losses) gains 
Trading securities (losses) gains, net 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(Amounts in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

—      $ 
—     
—     
(47 )   
(47 )    $ 

7      $ 
(3 )   
4     
(15 )   
(11 )    $ 

39   
(4 ) 
35   
292   
327   

62 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2016, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual 
maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call 
or prepayment penalties. 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

Total 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed and related securities 

Total debt securities 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Amortized Cost 

Fair Value 

$ 

$ 

—      $ 
1,360        
18,457        
70,442        
90,259        
90,785        
181,044      $ 

—   
1,391   
18,530   
67,601   
87,522   
89,116   
176,638   

The following table sets forth the proceeds, gains and losses realized on securities sold or called for each of the years ended 
December 31: 

Proceeds on securities sold 
Gross realized gains 
Gross realized losses 

2016 

(Amounts in thousands) 
2015 

2014 

$ 

50,862      $ 
725        
259        

12,291      $ 
135        
60        

32,733   
1,170   
582   

Investment securities with a carrying value of approximately $111.5 million at December 31, 2016 and $108.2 million at 
December 31, 2015 were pledged to secure deposits and for other purposes. The remaining securities provide an adequate level of 
liquidity.  

The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at 
December 31, 2016:  

Less than 12 Months 

(Amounts in thousands) 
12 Months or More 

Total 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed 
   securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized 
   mortgage obligations 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business 
   administration pools 
Trust preferred securities 

Total 

Fair Value       
$ 

7,643      $ 
41,668       

Unrealized 
Losses 

      Fair Value       

Unrealized 
Losses 

      Fair Value       

Unrealized 
Losses 

180      $ 
2,031       

—      $ 
—       

—     $ 
—       

7,643     $ 
41,668       

180   
2,031   

68,386       

1,487       

2,044       

59       

70,430       

1,546   

9,350       

155       

—       

—       

9,350       

155   

8,757       
—       
$  135,804     $ 

317       
—       
4,170     $ 

—       
825       
2,869     $ 

8,757       
—       
795       
825       
854     $  138,673     $ 

317   
795   
5,024   

The above table represents 122 investment securities where the fair value is less than the related amortized cost.  

63 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at 
December 31, 2015:  

Less than 12 Months 

(Amounts in thousands) 
12 Months or More 

Total 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed 
   securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized 
   mortgage obligations 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business 
   administration pools 
Trust preferred securities 

Total 

Fair Value       
$ 

1,974      $ 
5,439       

Unrealized 
Losses 

      Fair Value       

Unrealized 
Losses 

      Fair Value       

Unrealized 
Losses 

25      $ 
61       

1,947      $ 
2,125       

43     $ 
59       

3,921     $ 
7,564       

68   
120   

35,081       

315       

16,575       

364       

51,656       

679   

13,530       

135       

—       

—       

13,530       

135   

2,837       
—       
$  58,861     $ 

46       
—       

—       
778       
582     $  21,425     $ 

—       
862       

2,837       
778       
1,328     $  80,286     $ 

46   
862   
1,910   

The above table represents 34 investment securities where the current value is less than the related amortized cost.  

The trust preferred securities with an unrealized loss represent pools of trust preferred debt issued primarily by bank holding 
companies. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in U.S. Government agencies and corporations, obligations of states 
and political subdivisions, U.S. Government-sponsored-mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized 
mortgage obligations, and U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools were caused by changes in market rates 
and related spreads. The significant increase in unrealized losses in 2016 is a direct result of the spike in interest rates immediately 
following the election results. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at less than the amortized cost of the Company’s 
investment because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and relative spreads and not credit quality. Also, 
except for the securities described below, the Company does not intend to sell those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that 
the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. 
The Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2016. 

Securities Deemed to be Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired  

The Company reviews investment debt securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) 
with formal reviews performed quarterly.  

For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management assesses whether (a) it has the intent to sell the debt security or (b) it is 
more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, 
an OTTI on the security must be recognized.  

In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-
likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost 
basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the Company presents the amount of the OTTI recognized in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income.  

In these instances, the impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss, and (b) the amount 
of the total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. 
The amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-
temporary impairment is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income with an offset for the amount of the total other-than-
temporary impairment that is recognized in other comprehensive income.  

As more fully disclosed in Note 11, the Company assessed the impairment of certain securities currently in an illiquid market. The 
Company records impairment credit losses in earnings (before tax) and non-credit impairment losses in other comprehensive (loss) 
income (before tax). Through the impairment assessment process, there was no impairment loss recognized in the years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 or 2014. 

64 

 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following provides a cumulative roll forward of credit losses recognized in earnings for trust preferred securities held for the years 
ended:  

Beginning balance 
Reduction for debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment has 
   been previously recognized and there is no related other comprehensive 
   income 
Credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment 
   has not been previously recognized 
Additional credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary 
   impairment was previously recognized 
Sale of debt securities 
Ending balance 

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 

2015 

2014 

2016 

$ 

140      $ 

140      $ 

2,305   

—        

—        

—        

—        

—        

—        

$ 

140      $ 

140      $ 

—   

—   

—   
(2,165 ) 
140   

In January 2014, the Company determined that its portfolio of insurance trust preferred collateralized debt obligations, commonly 
known as iTruPS securities, were considered disallowed investments under the final rule implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank 
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, commonly referred to as the Volcker Rule, which was originally released jointly by 
five regulatory agencies on December 10, 2013, and further clarified with the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014. 
The final rule requires banking entities to divest disallowed securities by July 21, 2015, unless, upon application, the Federal Reserve 
grants extensions to July 21, 2017.   

With the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014, the joint agencies granted relief by permitting financial institutions to 
retain their interests in certain collateralized debt obligations, but limited that provision to those collateralized by issuances prior to 
May 2010 from bank or thrift holding companies with less than $15 billion in consolidated assets. The Interim Final Rule did not 
contain a provision for issuances by insurance companies, which comprises the various iTruPS securities owned by the Company. 

The disallowed iTruPS consisted of nine positions with an amortized cost of $10.5 million at December 31, 2013.  Because the 
Company could no longer hold the securities until their anticipated recovery, an OTTI had to be recognized for the entire amount of 
unrealized loss as of December 31, 2013.  The fair value of the iTruPS as determined by the discounted cash flow model used by the 
Company aggregated to $8.5 million.  The resulting OTTI charge of approximately $2.0 million was included in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income in 2013. In February 2014, the Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments. 

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, there were $825,000 and $778,000, respectively, of investment securities considered 
to be in non-accrual status. This balance is comprised of two trust preferred securities at December 31, 2016. As a result of the delay 
in the collection of interest payments, management placed these securities in non-accrual status. Current estimates indicate that the 
interest payment delays may exceed ten years.  

65 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
         
  
 
 
NOTE 3 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

The Company, through the Bank, grants residential, consumer and commercial loans to customers located primarily in Northeastern 
Ohio and Western Pennsylvania.  

The following represents the composition of the loan portfolio for the period ending:  

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 
Total loans 

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Balance 

% 

Balance 

% 

$ 

$ 

96,281        
238,692        
57,008        
25,061        
2,726        
419,768        

22.9      $ 
56.9        
13.6        
6.0        
0.6        
       $ 

84,613        
237,137        
45,414        
23,334        
3,756        
394,254        

21.5   
60.1   
11.5   
5.9   
1.0   

Management has an established methodology to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that assesses the risks and 
losses inherent in the loan portfolio. For purposes of determining the allowance for loan losses, the Company has segmented loans in 
the portfolio by product type. Loans are segmented into the following pools: commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, 
residential real estate loans and consumer loans. The Company also sub-segments the consumer loan portfolio into the following two 
classes: home equity loans and other consumer loans. Historical loss percentages for each risk category are calculated and used as the 
basis for calculating allowance allocations. These historical loss percentages are calculated over multiple periods for all portfolio 
segments. Management evaluates these results and utilizes the most reflective period in the calculation. Certain qualitative factors are 
then added to the historical allocation percentage to get the adjusted factor.  

These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:  

Factor Considered: 
Levels of and trends in charge-offs, classifications and non-accruals 
Trends in volume and terms 
Changes in lending policies and procedures 
Experience, depth and ability of management, including loan review function 
Economic trends, including valuation of underlying collateral 
Concentrations of credit 

Risk Trend: 
Stable 
Stable 
Stable 
Increasing 
Stable 
Stable 

The following factors are analyzed and applied to loans internally graded with higher risk credit in addition to the above factors for 
non-classified loans:  

Factor Considered: 
Levels and trends in classification 
Declining trends in financial performance 
Structure and lack of performance measures 
Migration between risk categories 

Risk Trend: 
Increasing 
Stable 
Stable 
Stable 

The provision charged to operations can be allocated to a loan classification either as a positive or negative value as a result of any 
material changes to: net charge-offs or recovery which influence the historical allocation percentage, qualitative risk factors or loan 
balances.   

66 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods ended:  

December 31, 2016 
Balance at beginning of period 
Loan charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net loan recoveries (charge-offs) 
Provision charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 

December 31, 2015 
Balance at beginning of period 
Loan charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net loan recoveries (charge-offs) 
Provision charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 

December 31, 2014 
Balance at beginning of period 
Loan charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net loan recoveries (charge-offs) 
Provision charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 

Commercial      
$ 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

1,977     $ 
—       
117       
117       
(700 )     
1,394     $ 

2,926     $ 
(287 )     
35       
(252 )     
398       
3,072     $ 

153     $ 
(35 )     
2       
(33 )     
43       
163     $ 

52     $ 
(144 )     
23       
(121 )     
219       
150     $ 

86     $  

(148 )     
61       
(87 )     
90       
89     $ 

5,194   
(614 ) 
238   
(376 ) 
50   
4,868   

Commercial      
$ 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

2,064     $ 
(470 )     
134       
(336 )     
249       
1,977     $ 

2,754     $ 
(84 )     
10       
(74 )     
246       
2,926     $ 

229     $ 
(45 )     
37       
(8 )     
(68 )     
153     $ 

60     $ 
—       
17       
17       
(25 )     
52     $ 

95     $ 
(124 )     
62       
(62 )     
53       
86     $ 

5,202   
(723 ) 
260   
(463 ) 
455   
5,194   

Commercial      
$ 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

593     $ 
(123 )     
274       
151       
1,320       
2,064     $ 

2,638     $ 
(186 )     
3       
(183 )     
299       
2,754     $ 

356     $ 
(93 )     
16       
(77 )     
(50 )     
229     $ 

88     $ 
(48 )     
24       
(24 )     
(4 )     
60     $ 

89     $ 
(144 )     
77       
(67 )     
73       
95     $ 

3,764   
(594 ) 
394   
(200 ) 
1,638   
5,202   

$ 

$ 

$ 

The total allowance reflects management’s estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the Consolidated Balance Sheet 
date.  

The following tables present a full breakdown by portfolio classification, the changes in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded 
investment in loans for the periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:  

December 31, 2016 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
Total ending allowance balance 

Loan Portfolio: 

Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 

Total ending loan balance 

Commercial      

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

—     $ 
1,394       
1,394     $ 

178     $ 
2,894       
3,072     $ 

—     $ 
163       
163     $ 

—     $ 
150       
150     $ 

—     $ 
89       
89     $ 

178   
4,690   
4,868   

$ 

106     $ 

6,860     $ 
96,175        231,832       

—     $ 
25,061       
$  96,281     $  238,692     $  57,008     $  25,061     $ 

—     $ 
57,008       

—     $ 

6,966   
2,726        412,802   
2,726     $  419,768   

67 

 
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
 
December 31, 2015 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 
Total ending allowance balance 

Loan Portfolio: 

Individually evaluated for impairment 
Collectively evaluated for impairment 

Total ending loan balance 

Commercial      

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity      

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

834     $ 
1,143       
1,977     $ 

178     $ 
2,748       
2,926     $ 

—     $ 
153       
153     $ 

—     $ 
52       
52     $ 

—     $ 
86       
86     $ 

1,012   
4,182   
5,194   

$ 

1,347     $ 
8,465     $ 
83,266        228,672       

—     $ 
23,334       
$  84,613     $  237,137     $  45,414     $  23,334     $ 

—     $ 
45,414       

—     $ 

9,812   
3,756        384,442   
3,756     $  394,254   

The decrease in the provision for the commercial category is primarily due to a reduction of specific reserves or $834,000 due to the 
favorable settlement of a creditor in bankruptcy. The increase in the provision for commercial real estate loans is due mainly to an 
increase in the historical factor along with an increase in loan charge-offs,  The increase in consumer – home equity provision is due to 
historical factor increase  along with the related increase in net charge-offs.  Along with the impact of classified loans, the amount of 
net charge-offs impacts the provision charged to operations for any category of loans.  Charge-offs affect the historical rate applied to 
each category, and the amount needed to replenish the charge off to the provision. This impacted all categories other than commercial 
loans. 

The following tables represent credit exposures by internally assigned grades for years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. The grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements 
as scheduled or at all. The Company’s internal credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans.  

The Company’s internally assigned grades are as follows:  

  Pass – loans which are protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the value of the 
underlying collateral. Within this category, there are grades of exceptional, quality, acceptable and pass monitor.  
  Special Mention – loans where a potential weakness or risk exists, which could cause a more serious problem if not 

corrected.  

  Substandard – loans that have a well-defined weakness based on objective evidence and are characterized by the distinct 

possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  

  Doubtful – loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard asset but with the severity which 

makes collection in full highly questionable and improbable, based on existing circumstances.  

  Loss – loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible, or of such value that continuance as an asset is not 

warranted. This rating does not mean that the assets have no recovery or salvage value but rather that the assets should be 
charged off now, even though partial or full recovery may be possible in the future.  

The following is a summary of credit quality indicators by internally assigned grade as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.  

December 31, 2016 
Pass 
Special Mention 
Substandard 
Doubtful 
Ending Balance 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 

   Commercial real estate   

$ 

$ 

80,644      $ 
12,836        
2,801        
—        
96,281      $ 

208,337   
22,633   
7,722   
—   
238,692   

68 

 
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
    
  
  
  
  
December 31, 2015 
Pass 
Special Mention 
Substandard 
Doubtful 
Ending Balance 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 

   Commercial real estate   

$ 

$ 

77,095      $ 
4,216        
3,302        
—        
84,613      $ 

219,958   
7,707   
9,472   
—   
237,137   

The Company evaluates the classification of consumer, home equity and residential loans primarily on a pooled basis. If the Company 
becomes aware that adverse or distressed conditions exist that may affect a particular loan, the loan is downgraded following the 
above definitions of special mention and substandard.  Nonaccrual loans in these categories are evaluated for charge off or charge 
down, and the remaining balance has the same allowance factor as pooled loans. 

The following is a summary of consumer credit exposure as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

December 31, 2016 
Performing 
Nonperforming 

Total 

December 31, 2015 
Performing 
Nonperforming 

Total 

Residential real 
estate 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Consumer - home 
equity 

   Consumer- other 

$ 

$ 

55,743      $ 
1,265        
57,008      $ 

25,006      $ 
55        
25,061      $ 

2,726   
—   
2,726   

Residential real 
estate 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Consumer - home 
equity 

   Consumer- other 

$ 

$ 

44,162      $ 
1,252        
45,414      $ 

23,072      $ 
262        
23,334      $ 

3,756   
—   
3,756   

Loans are considered to be nonperforming when they become 90 days past due or on nonaccrual status, though the Company may be 
receiving partial payments of interest and partial repayments of principal on such loans. When a loan is placed in non-accrual status, 
previously accrued but unpaid interest is recorded against interest income. Loans in foreclosure are considered nonperforming. At 
December 31, 2016, there were $1.7 million of loans in the process of foreclosure. 

The following is a summary of classes of loans on non-accrual status as of:  

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer: 

Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

—      $ 
1,458        
1,265        

55        
—        
2,778      $ 

1,196   
2,176   
1,252   

262   
—   
4,886   

Gross income that should have been recorded in income on nonaccrual loans was $160,000, $293,000 and $351,000 for the years 
ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Actual interest included in income on these nonaccrual loans amounts to 
$41,000, $26,000 and $149,000 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

69 

 
  
  
  
  
  
         
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
         
    
  
  
  
Troubled Debt Restructuring  

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) where economic 
concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. These 
concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment 
extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of 
restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a 
reasonable period, generally six months.  

None of the loans that were approved as TDRs in 2015 have subsequently defaulted in the year ended December 31, 2016. There were 
no loans modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014. 

The following presents, by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR during the periods ended:  

Commercial real estate 

Subsequently defaulted 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 

Number of 
contracts 

Pre-modification 
recorded 
investment 

Post-
modification 
recorded 
investment 

Increase in the 
allowance 

2      $ 
—      $ 

3,154      $ 

3,154      $ 

—   

—        

In 2015, the two commercial real estate loans were to the same customer.  There was no interest rate impact, only a change in loan 
terms to six months interest only.  

The following is an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of the periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015: 

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2016 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer: 

Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

December 31, 2015 
Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
Residential real estate 
Consumer: 

Consumer - home equity 
Consumer - other 

Total 

30-59 Days 

60-89 Days 

Past Due       

Past Due       

90 Days Or 
Greater 

Total Past 
Due 

      Current 

Total 
Loans 

Recorded 
Investment > 
90 Days and 
Accruing 

$ 

377     $ 
1,189       
58       

—     $ 
83       
9       

—     $ 
1,347       
1,184       

377     $  95,904     $  96,281     $ 
2,619       236,073       238,692       
1,251        55,757        57,008       

—       
13       
$  1,637     $ 

101        24,960        25,061       
46       
—       
2,726       
2,713       
13       
138     $  2,586     $  4,361     $ 415,407     $ 419,768     $ 

55       
—       

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

(Amounts in thousands) 

30-59 Days 

60-89 Days 

Past Due       

Past Due       

90 Days Or 
Greater 

Total Past 
Due 

      Current 

Total 
Loans 

Recorded 
Investment > 
90 Days and 
Accruing 

$ 

$ 

178     $ 
248       
163       

—     $  1,196     $  1,374     $  83,239     $  84,613     $ 
3,783       233,354       237,137       
1,534        43,880        45,414       

2,055       
1,240       

1,480       
131       

29       
10       

408        22,926        23,334       
3,756       
3,746       
628     $  1,728     $  4,753     $  7,109     $ 387,145     $ 394,254     $ 

262       
—       

117       
—       

10       

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

An impaired loan is a loan on which, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all 
amounts due (including both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. However, an 
insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments on a loan does not indicate that the loan is impaired.  

70 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
    
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
 
When a loan is determined to be impaired, impairment should be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. However, as a practical expedient, the Company will measure impairment based on a 
loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  

The following are the criteria for selecting individual loans / relationships for impairment analysis. Non-homogenous loans which 
meet the criteria below are evaluated quarterly.  

  All borrowers whose loans are classified doubtful by examiners and internal loan review  
  All loans on non-accrual status  
  Any loan in foreclosure  
  Any loan with a specific reserve  
  Any loan determined to be collateral dependent for repayment  
  Loans classified as troubled debt restructuring  

Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans evaluated for impairment are excluded from the general pool of loans in the ALLL 
calculation regardless if a specific reserve was determined. If management determines that the value of the impaired loan is less than 
the recorded investment in the loan (net of previous charge-offs, deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount), 
impairment is recognized through an allowance estimate or a charge-off to the allowance.  

The following table presents the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances for impaired loans, excluding homogenous loans 
for which impaired analyses are not necessarily performed, with the associated allowance amount, if applicable, at December 31, 2016 
and 2015. Also presented are the average recorded investments in the impaired balances and interest income recognized after 
impairment for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.  

December 31, 2016 
With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

December 31, 2015 
With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Recorded 
Investment 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Unpaid Principal 
Balance 

   Related Allowance   

106      $ 
5,681        

—        
1,179        

106      $ 
6,860      $ 

106      $ 
5,789        

—        
1,179        

106      $ 
6,968      $ 

—   
—   

—   
178   

—   
178   

Recorded 
Investment 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Unpaid Principal 
Balance 

   Related Allowance   

232      $ 
7,222        

1,115        
1,243        

1,347      $ 
8,465      $ 

264      $ 
7,424        

1,552        
1,243        

1,816      $ 
8,667      $ 

—   
—   

834   
178   

834   
178   

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

71 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
         
         
    
  
  
         
         
    
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
         
         
    
  
  
         
         
    
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
December 31, 2016 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

December 31, 2015 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

December 31, 2014 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 
With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

Total: 

Commercial 
Commercial real estate 

NOTE 4 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

The following is a summary of premises and equipment:  

Land 
Premises 
Equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

Total premises and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation 

Net book value 

72 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Average Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

146   
  $ 
6,072        

279   
1,209        

425      $ 
7,281      $ 

8   
335   

—   
85   

8   
420   

(Amounts in thousands) 

Average Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

  $ 
322   
4,842        

1,341   
1,160        

1,663      $ 
6,002      $ 

13   
181   

—   
84   

13   
265   

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Average Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

257   
4,069   

  $ 

311   
1,430   

568      $ 
5,499      $ 

17   
158   

—   
73   

17   
231   

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2,746      $ 
9,846        
9,312        
222        
22,126        
12,994        
9,132      $ 

2,746   
9,689   
8,970   
222   
21,627   
12,437   
9,190   

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
         
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
    
  
         
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
      
  
    
  
    
  
      
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
  
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
Depreciation expense was $835,000 in 2016, $792,000 in 2015 and $715,000 in 2014.   

NOTE 5 - DEPOSITS  

The following is a summary of interest-bearing deposits:  

Demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Time: 

In denominations  $250,000 or under 
In denominations of over $250,000 

Total 

Stated maturities of time deposits were as follows: 

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 and beyond 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

45,158      $ 
133,783        
112,817        

113,368        
17,499        
422,625      $ 

38,078   
104,334   
114,021   

109,910   
21,917   
388,260   

(Amounts in thousands) 
2016 

$ 

$ 

79,884   
11,163   
4,327   
8,915   
13,751   
12,827   
130,867   

The following is a summary of time deposits of $100,000 or more by remaining maturities:  

Three months or less 
Three to six months 
Six to twelve months 
One through five years 
Over five years 

Total 

Certificates of 
Deposit 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2016 
Other Time 
Deposits 

$ 

$ 

14,502   
8,881   
12,591   
18,468   
3,022   
57,464   

  $ 

  $ 

1,471   
379   
167   
1,869   
1,624   
5,510   

  $ 

  $ 

Total 

15,973   
9,260   
12,758   
20,337   
4,646   
62,974   

73 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
         
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
NOTE 6 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK (FHLB) ADVANCES AND OTHER SHORT TERM BORROWINGS  

The following is a summary of FHLB advances and other short term borrowings:  

FHLB advances - long term: 
Fixed rate payable and convertible fixed rate FHLB advances, with 
   monthly interest payments: 

Due in 2016 
Due in 2017 
Due in 2018 

Total FHLB advances - long term 

FHLB advances - short term: 

Short term 
Cash management 

Total FHLB advances - short term 

Total FHLB advances 
Other short term borrowings: 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 

Total FHLB advances and other short term borrowings 

The following is a summary of FHLB advances – short term: 

Average balance during the year 
Average interest rate during the year 
Maximum month-end balance during the year 
Weighted average interest rate at year end 

$ 

$ 

Weighted Average 
Interest Rate 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

   $ 
3.34 %      
1.17 %      
3.09 %      

0.65 %      
0.57 %      
0.59 %      
1.67 %      

0.33 %      
1.59 %    $ 

—      $ 
15,500        
2,000        
17,500        

6,000        
17,000        
23,000        
40,500        

2,702        
43,202      $ 

5,000   
18,000   
2,000   
25,000   

8,000   
9,000   
17,000   
42,000   

2,499   
44,499   

2016 

(Amounts in thousands) 
2015 

2014 

13,550   

  $ 
0.54 %      
  $ 
0.59 %      

23,000   

14,674   

  $ 
0.27 %      
  $ 
0.37 %      

23,500   

17,541   

0.89 % 

22,500   

0.25 % 

At December 31, 2016, FHLB advances were collateralized by FHLB stock owned by the Bank with a carrying value of $2.4 million, 
a blanket lien against the Bank’s qualified mortgage loan portfolio of $61.2 million, $16.1 million in mortgage-backed securities and 
$11.9 million in U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools. In comparison, in the prior year FHLB advances 
were collateralized by FHLB stock owned by the Bank with a carrying value of $2.8 million, a blanket lien against the Bank’s 
qualified mortgage loan portfolio of $49.2 million, $26.1 million in mortgage-backed securities and $2.8 million in U.S. Government-
guaranteed small business administration pools. Maximum borrowing capacities from FHLB totaled $56.3 million and $51.0 million 
at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

At December 31, 2016, $11.5 million of the FHLB fixed rate advances were putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of 
the FHLB and at December 31, 2015, $18.0 million of the FHLB fixed rate advances were putable on or after certain specified dates at 
the option of the FHLB. Should the FHLB elect to exercise the put, the Company is required to pay the advance off on that date 
without penalty. 

The following is a summary of other short term borrowings:  

Average balance during the year 
Average interest rate during the year 
Maximum month-end balance during the year 
Weighted average interest rate at year end 

2016 

(Amounts in thousands) 
2015 

2014 

$ 

$ 

  $ 
2,249   
0.31 %      
  $ 
3,608   
0.33 %      

4,082   
  $ 
0.10 %      
7,541   
  $ 
0.11 %      

4,141   

0.07 % 

5,795   

0.07 % 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent arrangements the Bank has entered into with certain deposit customers within 
its local market areas. These borrowings are collateralized with securities. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, securities allocated for 

74 

 
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
         
    
  
    
     
      
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
this purpose, owned by the Bank and held in safekeeping accounts at independent correspondent banks, amounted to $2.9 million and 
$5.8 million, respectively.  

The following table provides additional detail regarding other short term borrowings: 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Repurchase Agreements (Sweep) 
Accounted for as Secured Borrowings 

At December 31, 2016 

At December 31, 2015 

Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements 

Overnight and Continuous 

Overnight and Continuous 

Repurchase agreements: 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 

Total collateral carrying value 
Total short-term borrowings 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2,898      $ 
—        
2,898      $ 
2,702      $ 

4,729   
1,088   
5,817   
2,499   

NOTE 7 - SUBORDINATED DEBT  

In July 2007, a trust formed by the Company issued $5.0 million of floating rate trust preferred securities as part of a pooled offering 
of such securities due December 2037. The Company owns all $155,000 of the common securities issued by the trust. The securities 
bear interest at the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 1.45%. The rates at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 2.41% and 1.96%, respectively. 
The Company issued subordinated debentures to the trust in exchange for the proceeds of the trust preferred offering. The debentures 
represent the sole assets of this trust. The Company may redeem the subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at par.  

The trust is not consolidated with the Company’s financial statements. Accordingly, the Company does not report the securities issued 
by the trust as liabilities, but instead reports as liabilities the subordinated debentures issued by the Company and held by the trust. 
The subordinated debentures qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes in determining and evaluating the Company’s capital 
adequacy.  

NOTE 8 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

The Bank occupies office facilities under operating leases extending to 2021. Most of these leases contain an option to renew at the 
then fair rental value for periods of five and ten years. These options enable the Bank to retain use of facilities in desirable operating 
areas. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. 
Rental and lease expense was $183,000 for 2016, $168,000 for 2015 and $139,000 for 2014.  

The following is a summary of remaining future minimum lease payments under current non-cancelable operating leases for office 
facilities:  

Years ending: 

 December 31, 2017 
 December 31, 2018 
 December 31, 2019 
 December 31, 2020 
 December 31, 2021 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

206   
130   
105   
105   
53   
599   

At December 31, 2016, the Bank was required to maintain aggregate cash reserves amounting to $3.5 million in order to satisfy 
federal regulatory requirements. The reserves are held in useable vault cash and interest-earning balances at the Federal Reserve Bank 
of Cleveland.  

The Bank grants commercial and industrial loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans, and consumer loans to customers in 
Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, exposure to credit loss can be adversely 
impacted by downturns in local economic and employment conditions. Approximately 0.36% of total loans are unsecured at 
December 31, 2016 and approximately 0.48% at December 31 2015.  

75 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of 
its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. 
Such instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. The contract or notional amounts on those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes 
of financial instruments.  

In the event of nonperformance by the other party, the Company’s exposure to credit loss on these financial instruments is represented 
by the contract or notional amount of the instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and 
conditional obligations as it does for instruments recorded on the balance sheet. The amount and nature of collateral obtained, if any, 
is based on management’s credit evaluation.  

The following is a summary of such contractual commitments:  

Commitments to extend credit: 

Fixed rate 
Variable rate 

Standby letters of credit 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$ 

18,709      $ 
57,176        
412        

13,311   
45,929   
3,508   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract. Generally, these financial arrangements have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of 
a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a 
third party. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The 
amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit 
evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment 
and income-producing commercial properties. The increase in commitments is in line with the Company’s increased focus on 
commercial and industrial lending, and specifically lines of credit.  

The Company also offers limited overdraft protection as a non-contractual courtesy which is available to businesses as well as 
individually/jointly owned accounts in good standing for personal or household use. The Company reserves the right to discontinue 
this service without prior notice.  

The following table is a summary of overdraft protection for the periods indicated:  

Overdraft protection available on depositors' accounts 
Balance of overdrafts included in loans 
Average daily balance of overdrafts 
Average daily balance of overdrafts as a percentage of available 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$ 

   $ 

9,655   
80   
105   
1.09 %      

9,598   
80   
99   
1.03 % 

Customer Derivatives - Interest Rates Swaps/Floors – The Company enters into interest rate swaps that allow our commercial loan 
customers to effectively convert a variable-rate commercial loan agreement to a fixed-rate commercial loan agreement. Under these 
agreements, the Company enters into a variable-rate loan agreement with a customer in addition to an interest rate swap agreement, 
which serves to effectively swap the customer’s variable-rate into a fixed-rate. The Company then enters into a corresponding swap 
agreement with a third party in order to economically hedge its exposure through the customer agreement. The interest rate swaps with 
both the customers and third parties are not designated as hedges under FASB ASC 815 and are not marked to market through 
earnings. As the interest rate swaps are structured to offset each other, changes to the underlying benchmark interest rates considered 
in the valuation of these instruments do not result in an impact to earnings; however, there may be fair value adjustments related to 
credit quality variations between counterparties, which may impact earnings as required by FASB ASC 820. There was no effect on 
earnings in any periods presented. At December 31, 2016, the Company had one U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed 
security pledged for collateral on its interest rate swaps with the third party financial institution with a fair value $1.7 million. At 
December 31, 2015, the Company had $150,000 in cash pledged for collateral on its interest rate swap with the third party financial 
institution.  

76 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
 
Summary information regarding these derivatives is presented below:  

Notional Amount 

December 31, 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Fair Value 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Interest Rate Paid 

Interest Rate Received 

2016 

2015 

2,594     $ 
5,630       
2,178       
6,150       
16,552     $ 

2,680      1 Mo. Libor + Margin   
5,921     1 Mo. Libor + Margin   
—     1 Mo. Libor + Margin   
—     1 Mo. Libor + Margin   

8,601     

Fixed 
Fixed 
Fixed 
Fixed 

   $ 

  $ 

15     $ 
101       
(29 )     
210       
297     $ 

35   
136   
—   
—   
171   

2,594     $ 
5,630       
2,178       
6,150       
16,552     $ 

2,680      
5,921     
—     
—     
8,601     

Fixed 
Fixed 
Fixed 
Fixed 

   1 Mo. Libor + Margin    $ 
  1 Mo. Libor + Margin     
  1 Mo. Libor + Margin     
  1 Mo. Libor + Margin     
  $ 

(15 )   $ 
(101 )     
29       
(210 )     
(297 )   $ 

(35 ) 
(136 ) 
—   
—   
(171 ) 

Customer interest rate 
swap 
Maturing in 2020 
Maturing in 2025 
Maturing in 2026 
Maturing in 2027 
Total 

Third party interest rate 
swap 
Maturing in 2020 
Maturing in 2025 
Maturing in 2026 
Maturing in 2027 
Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments in the balance sheet.  

Balance Sheet Location   

Fair Value 

      Balance Sheet Location   

Fair Value 

Assets 

Liabilities 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Other assets 

   $ 

297     

Other liabilities 

   $ 

297   

Other assets 

   $ 

171     

Other liabilities 

   $ 

171   

December 31, 2016 
Interest rate derivatives 

December 31, 2015 
Interest rate derivatives 

NOTE 9 – BENEFIT PLANS  

The Bank has a contributory defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) which covers substantially all employees. Total 
expense under the plan was $349,000 for 2016, $307,000 for 2015 and $284,000 for 2014. The Bank matches participants’ voluntary 
contributions up to 5% of gross pay. Participants may make voluntary contributions to the plan up to a maximum of $18,000 with an 
additional $6,000 catch-up deferral for plan participants over the age of 50. The Bank makes bi-weekly contributions to this plan equal 
to amounts accrued for plan expense.  

The Company provides supplemental retirement benefit plans for the benefit of certain officers and non-officer directors. The plan for 
officers is designed to provide post-retirement benefits to supplement other sources of retirement income such as social security and 
401(k) benefits. The benefits will be paid for a period of 15 years after retirement. Director Retirement Agreements provide for a 
benefit of $10,000 annually on or after the director reaches normal retirement age, which is based on a combination of age and years 
of service. Director retirement benefits are paid over a period of 10 years following retirement. The Company accrues the cost of these 
post-retirement benefits during the working careers of the officers and directors. At December 31, 2016, the accumulated liability for 
these benefits totaled $2.96 million, with $2.44 million accrued for the officers’ plan and $519,000 for the directors’ plan.  

77 

 
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
     
  
  
  
       
     
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
        
      
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
       
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
    
 
 
The following table reconciles the accumulated liability for the benefit obligation of these agreements:  

Beginning balance 
Benefit expense 
Benefit payments 

Ending balance 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Years Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

   $ 

   $ 

2,760      $ 
359        
(162 )      
2,957      $ 

2,549      $ 
369        
(158 )      
2,760      $ 

2,396   
308   
(155 ) 
2,549   

Supplemental executive retirement agreements are unfunded plans and have no plan assets. The benefit obligation represents the 
vested net present value of future payments to individuals under the agreements. The benefit expense, as specified in the agreements 
for the entire year 2017, is expected to be approximately $386,000. The benefits expected to be paid in the next year are 
approximately $162,000.  

The Bank has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the participants in the supplemental retirement benefit plan and has named 
the Bank as the beneficiary. Similarly, the Company has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the directors with the Bancorp 
as beneficiary. While no direct linkage exists between the supplemental retirement benefit plan and the life insurance contracts, it is 
management’s current intent that the revenue from the insurance contracts be used as a funding source for the plan.  

The Company accrues for the monthly benefit expense of postretirement cost of insurance for split-dollar life insurance coverage. The 
following table presents the changes in the accumulated liability.  

Beginning balance 
Expense recorded 
Other comprehensive loss (income) recorded 
Ending balance 

NOTE 10 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES  

The composition of income tax expense is as follows:  

Current 
Deferred 
Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

   $ 

   $ 

856      $ 
23        
(39 )      
840      $ 

616      $ 
132        
108        
856      $ 

614   
47   
(45 ) 
616   

(Amounts in thousands) 
Years Ended December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

   $ 

   $ 

1,256   
(129 ) 
1,127   

  $ 

  $ 

916   
303   
1,219   

  $ 

  $ 

451   
451   
902   

The ability to realize the benefit of deferred tax assets is dependent upon a number of factors, including the generation of future 
taxable income, the ability to carry back taxes paid in previous years, the ability to offset capital losses with capital gains, the reversal 
of deferred tax liabilities, and certain tax planning strategies. A valuation allowance of $94,000 had been established to offset in its 
entirety the tax benefits associated with securities sold at a loss that management was able to offset in 2016.  

78 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
    
    
  
 
The following is a summary of net deferred taxes included in other assets:  

Gross deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan and other real estate losses 
Deferred loan origination cost - net 
Impairment loss on securities 
Deferred compensation 
AMT credit carryforward 
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities 
Other items 

Total gross deferred tax assets 

Valuation allowance 

Total net deferred tax assets 

Gross deferred tax liabilities: 
Premises and equipment 
Other items 

Total net deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax asset 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

1,655   
303   
48   
1,006   
904   
1,499   
540   
5,955   
—   
5,955   

(566 ) 
(524 ) 
(1,090 ) 
4,865   

  $ 

1,766   
314   
48   
939   
704   
76   
763   
4,610   
(94 ) 
4,516   

(586 ) 
(617 ) 
(1,203 ) 
3,313   

The Company had a deferred tax asset of $904,000 for credits related to Alternative Minimum Taxes (AMT) as of December 31, 
2016. In comparison, the Company had a deferred tax asset of $704,000 for credits related to AMT at December 31, 2015. The AMT 
credits have an unlimited carry-forward period. No valuation allowance had been established for these deferred tax assets in view of 
the Corporation’s ability to carry forward taxes paid and credits earned in previous years, to future years, coupled with the anticipated 
future taxable income as evidenced by the Corporation’s earnings potential.  

The following is a reconciliation of the valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets:  

 Valuation allowance at beginning of year 
 Utilization of capital loss carryover 
 Valuation allowance at end of year 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

94,000     
(94,000 )   
—     

$ 

$ 

94,000   
—   
94,000   

The following is a reconciliation between tax expense using the statutory tax rate of 34% and the income tax provision:  

Statutory tax expense 
Tax effect of non-taxable interest income 
Tax effect of earnings on bank-owned life insurance-net 
Tax effect of deferred tax valuation reversal 
Tax effect of low income housing credit 
Tax effect of non-deductible expenses 

Federal income tax expense 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Years Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

   $ 

   $ 

2,039      $ 
(628 )      
(112 )      
(94 )      
(142 )      
64        
  $ 

1,127   

1,903      $ 
(600 )      
(115 )      
—        
(54 )      
85        
  $ 

1,219   

1,622   
(609 ) 
(114 ) 
—   
(52 ) 
55   
902   

The related income tax expense on investment securities gains amounted to $142,000 for 2016, $22,000 for 2015 and $311,000 for 
2014 and is included in the federal income tax expense.  

The Company prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement 
of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial 

79 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing 
authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition 
threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first 
subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold 
is no longer met. The provision also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and 
penalties. There were no significant unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2016 and the Company does not expect any significant 
increase in unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months. No interest or penalties were incurred for income taxes which would 
have been recorded as a component of income tax expense.  

There is currently no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits. The Company’s federal and state 
income tax returns for taxable years through 2012 have been closed for purposes of examination by the Internal Revenue Service and 
the Ohio Department of Revenue.  

NOTE 11 – FAIR VALUE  
Measurements  

The Company groups assets and liabilities recorded at fair value into three levels based on the markets in which the assets and 
liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. A financial instrument’s level within the fair 
value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement (with level 1 considered highest 
and level 3 considered lowest). A brief description of each level follows:  

Level 1:    Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date. 

Level 2: 

Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as 
of the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities include items for which quoted prices are available 
but which trade less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of 
which can be directly observed. 

Level 3: 

Assets and liabilities that have little to no pricing observability as of the reported date. These items do not have 
two-way markets and are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where inputs into the 
determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. 

The following table presents the assets reported on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of December 31, 2016 and 
December 31, 2015 by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the 
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

Description 

ASSETS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016 Using 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31, 
2016 

  $ 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools 
Trust preferred securities 
Regulatory stock 
Loans held for sale 
Interest rate derivatives 

7,988     $ 
66,770       
79,767       
9,349       
11,939       
825       
2,581       
4,554       
297       

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
2,581       
4,554       
—       

7,988     $ 
66,770       
79,767       
9,349       
11,939       
—       
—       
—       
297       

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
825   
—   
—   
—   

LIABILITIES 

Interest rate derivatives 

  $ 

297     $ 

—     $ 

297     $ 

—   

80 

 
 
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
     
     
     
  
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
Description 

ASSETS 

December 31, 
2015 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015 Using 
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

  $ 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities 
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations 
U.S. Government-guaranteed small business administration pools 
Trust preferred securities 
Regulatory stock 
Trading securities 
Loans held for sale 
Interest rate derivatives 

12,623     $ 
51,405       
69,679       
13,530       
2,837       
778       
3,049       
8,134       
4,033       
171       

LIABILITIES 

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
3,049       
—       
4,033       
—       

12,623     $ 
51,405       
69,679       
13,530       
2,837       
—       
—       
8,134       
—       
171       

Interest rate derivatives 

  $ 

171     $ 

—     $ 

171     $ 

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
778   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   

The following tables present the changes in the Level 3 fair value category for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. 
The Company classifies financial instruments in Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy when there is reliance on at least one significant 
unobservable input to the valuation model. In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level 3 financial 
instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable either directly or indirectly.  

Beginning balance 
Net realized/unrealized gains/(losses) included in: 

Noninterest income 
Other comprehensive income 

Discount accretion (premium amortization) 
Sales 
Purchases, issuance, and settlements 
Ending balance 
Losses included in net income for the period relating 
   to assets held at period end 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2015 
Trust preferred 
securities 

2014 
Trust preferred 
securities 

2016 
Trust preferred 
securities 

$ 

778      $ 

779      $ 

10,136   

—        
67        
—        
—        
(20 )      
825      $ 

—        
21        
—        
—        
(22 )      
778      $ 

—   
835   
7   
(10,044 ) 
(155 ) 
779   

—      $ 

—      $ 

—   

$ 

$ 

The Company conducts OTTI analyses on a quarterly basis. The initial indication of other-than-temporary impairment for both debt 
and equity securities is a decline in the fair value below the amount recorded for an investment. A decline in value that is considered 
to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. In determining 
whether an impairment is other than temporary, the Company considers a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the length 
of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment 
downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions of its industry, and a determination that the Company does not intend to sell 
those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. Among the factors that are considered in determining the Company’s intent 
and ability is a review of its capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity.  

The Company also considers the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength and near-term prospects. In addition, for debt securities 
the Company considers the cause of the price decline (general level of interest rates and industry- and issuer-specific factors), current 
ability to make future payments in a timely manner and the issuer’s ability to service debt, the assessment of a security’s ability to 
recover any decline in market value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations and the Company’s intent and ability to 
retain the security. All of the foregoing require considerable judgment.  

81 

 
  
  
  
  
  
       
    
  
  
     
     
     
  
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
     
  
    
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Trust Preferred Securities  

Trust preferred securities are accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 325 Investments Other. The Company evaluates current available 
information in estimating the future cash flows of securities and determines whether there have been favorable or adverse changes in 
estimated cash flows from the cash flows previously projected. The Company considers the structure and term of the pool and the 
financial condition of the underlying issuers. Specifically, the evaluation incorporates factors such as interest rates and appropriate risk 
premiums, the timing and amount of interest and principal payments and the allocation of payments to the various note classes. 
Current estimates of cash flows are based on the most recent trustee reports, announcements of deferrals or defaults, expected future 
default rates and other relevant market information.  

As referenced in Note 2, Investment Securities, with the release of the Volcker Rule in December 2013, the Company could no longer 
support the ability to hold certain trust preferred securities comprised of obligations issued by insurance companies. The inability to 
hold the investments triggered a $2.0 million OTTI recognition reflecting the estimated fair value of the securities at December 31, 
2013. For the remaining bank-issued trust preferred securities, the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is more-likely-
than-not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis. There is a risk that 
subsequent evaluations could result in recognition of OTTI charges in the future. The securities had life-to-date impairment losses as 
presented below.  

The following table details the breakdown of trust preferred securities for the periods indicated:  

Total number of trust preferred securities 

Par value 

Number not considered OTTI 

Par value 

Number considered OTTI 

Par value 

Life-to-date impairment recognized in earnings 
Life-to-date impairment recognized in other comprehensive income 
Total life-to-date impairment 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2        
1,970      $ 

1        
940      $ 

1        
1,030      $ 

140      $ 
795        
935      $ 

2   
1,990   

1   
976   

1   
1,014   

140   
862   
1,002   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The following table details the one debt security with other-than-temporary impairment, its credit rating at December 31, 2016 and the 
related loss recognized in earnings:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
January 1, 
2016 

Additions in QTD 
March 31, 
2016 

Additions in QTD 
June 30, 
2016 

Additions in QTD 
September 30, 
2016 

Additions in QTD 
December 31, 
2016 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
December 31, 
2016 

Moody’s/Fitch 
Rating 
  Caa2/CC 

  $ 

Trapeza IX B-1 

140     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

140   

The following table details the one debt security with other-than-temporary impairment, its credit rating at December 31, 2015 and the 
related losses recognized in earnings: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
January 1, 
2015 

Moody’s/Fitch 
Rating 

Additions in QTD 
March 31, 
2015 

Additions in QTD 
June 30, 
2015 

Additions in QTD 
September 30, 
2015 

Additions in QTD 
December 31, 
2015 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
December 31, 
2015 

Trapeza IX B-1 

  Ca/CC 

  $ 

140     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

140   

82 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
  
  
  
    
         
  
  
  
    
         
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
     
    
  
 
The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2016 used 
to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Deal 
PreTSL XXIII 
Trapeza IX 
Total 

   Class 
  C-2 
  B-1 

  Amortized Cost      Fair Value      
760     $ 
  $ 
860       
1,620     $ 

310     $ 
515       
825     $ 

  $ 

(450 )   B2/CCC 
(345 )   Caa2/CC 
(795 )     

Unrealized 
Gain/(Loss)      

Moody’s/ 
Fitch Rating    

Number of 
Issuers 
Currently 
Performing      
90       
32       

Deferrals and 
Defaults as a % 
of Current 
Collateral 

Excess 
Subordination as a 
% of Current 
Performing 
Collateral 

22.5 %     
13.3   

5.33 % 
—   

The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2015 used 
to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Deal 
PreTSL XXIII 
Trapeza IX 
Total 

   Class 
  C-2 
  B-1 

  Amortized Cost      Fair Value      
780     $ 
  $ 
860       
1,640     $ 

332     $ 
446       
778     $ 

  $ 

Unrealized 
Gain/(Loss)       

Moody’s/ 
Fitch Rating 

(448 )   B2/CCC 
(414 )   Ca/CC 
(862 )     

Number of 
Issuers 
Currently 
Performing       
90       
31       

Deferrals and 
Defaults as a % 
of Current 
Collateral 

Excess 
Subordination as a 
% of Current 
Performing 
Collateral 

22.5 %     
18.5        

1.77 % 
—   

The market for these securities at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is not active and markets for similar securities are also 
not active. The inactivity was evidenced first by a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which trust 
preferred securities trade and then by a significant decrease in the volume of trades relative to historical levels. The new issue market 
is also inactive as no new trust preferred securities have been issued since 2007. There are currently very few market participants who 
are willing and/or able to transact for these securities. The pooled market value for these securities remains very depressed relative to 
historical levels. Although there has been marked improvement in the credit spread premium in the corporate bond space, no such 
improvement has been noted in the market for trust preferred securities.  

Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and the new issue markets, the 
Company determined the following:  

•  The few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for purposes of determining fair 

value at December 31, 2016;  

•  An income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs 
and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than the market 
approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008; and  

•  The trust preferred securities will be classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because the Company determined 

that significant judgments are required to determine fair value at the measurement date.  

The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred security valuations. The approach to 
determining fair value involved the following process:  

1.  Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating 

levels).  

2.  Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with 

other banks).  

3.  Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the 

resulting distribution among the securities, including prepayment and cures.  
4.  Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security.  

83 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
      
        
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
      
        
          
  
  
 
The PreTSL XXIII cash flows are discounted at 15.11% through its maturity date of December 2036 and would have to experience an 
additional $229 million of nonperforming collateral (of $852 million performing) in order to incur any impairment. The aggregate 
cash flows for the C-2 tranche are estimated to be $44.2 million on a current principal of $26.2 million. The Trapeza IX cash flows are 
discounted at 9.69% through its maturity of January 2038 and would experience additional impairment upon further occurrence of 
nonperforming collateral of $31 million (of $213 million performing). The aggregate cash flows for the B-1 tranche are estimated to 
be $42.8 million on a current principal of $23.7 million.  

The following table presents the assets measured on a nonrecurring basis on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value as of 
December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, by level within the fair value hierarchy. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are 
written down to fair value through the establishment of specific reserves. Techniques used to value the collateral that secure the 
impaired loans include: quoted market prices for identical assets classified as Level 1 inputs; observable inputs, employed by certified 
appraisers, for similar assets classified as Level 2 inputs. In cases where valuation techniques include inputs that are unobservable and 
are based on estimates and assumptions developed by management based on the best information available under each circumstance, 
the asset valuation is classified as Level 3 inputs. Other real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated 
costs to sell. 

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis: 

Impaired loans 

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis: 

Impaired loans 

Other real estate owned 

Financial Instruments  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2016 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

  $ 

—      $ 

—      $ 

6,788      $ 

6,788   

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

—      $ 

—      $ 

8,800      $ 

8,800   

—      $ 

—      $ 

61      $ 

61   

The Company discloses fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate the value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on 
estimates using present value or other estimation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, 
including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  

Such techniques and assumptions, as they apply to individual categories of the financial instruments, are as follows:  

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents are a reasonable estimate of those assets’ fair value.  

Investment securities – Fair values of securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not 
available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities. Prices on trust preferred securities were calculated 
using a discounted cash-flow technique. Cash flows were estimated based on credit and prepayment assumptions. The present value of 
the projected cash flows was calculated using a discount rate equal to the current yield used to accrete the beneficial interest.  

Loans held for sale – Loans held for sale consist of residential mortgage loans originated for sale. Loans held for sale are recorded at 
fair value based on what the secondary markets have offered on best efforts commitments.  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses – Market quotations are generally not available for loan portfolios. The fair value is estimated 
by discounting future cash flows using current market inputs at which loans with similar terms and qualities would be made to 
borrowers of similar credit quality.  

Bank-owned life insurance – The fair value is based upon the cash surrender value of the underlying policies net of any split dollar 
obligation and matches the book value.  

Accrued interest receivable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these assets’ fair value.  

84 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
      
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
         
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
         
  
 
Interest rate derivatives – The fair value is based on settlement values adjusted for credit risks associated with the counter parties and 
the Company and observable market interest rate curves.  

Demand, savings and money market deposits – Demand, savings, and money market deposit accounts are valued at the amount 
payable on demand.  

Time deposits – The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates 
are estimated using market rates currently offered for similar instruments with similar remaining maturities.  

Short term borrowings – Short term borrowings generally have an original term to maturity of one year or less. Consequently, their 
carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value. 

FHLB advances - short term – Short term borrowings generally have an original term to maturity of one year or less. Advances of one 
month or less are considered to be at fair value. The fair value of notes with one to twelve month terms is based on the discounted 
value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates are estimated using market rates currently offered for similar instruments with 
similar remaining maturities. 

FHLB advances - long term – The fair value for fixed rate advances is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates at 
which advances would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The fair value for the 
fixed rate advances that are convertible to quarterly LIBOR floating rate advances on or after certain specified dates at the option of 
the FHLB and the FHLB fixed rate advances that are putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of the FHLB are priced 
using the FHLB of Cincinnati’s model.  

Subordinated debt – The floating issuances curves to maturity are averaged to obtain an index. The spread between BBB-rated bank 
debt and 25-year swap rates is determined to calculate the spread on outstanding trust preferred securities. The discount margin is then 
added to the index to arrive at a discount rate, which determines the present value of projected cash flows.  

Accrued interest payable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these liabilities’ fair value. The fair value of unrecorded 
commitments at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is not material.  

In addition, other assets and liabilities of the Company that are not defined as financial instruments are not included in the disclosures, 
such as property and equipment. Also, non-financial instruments typically not recognized in financial statements nevertheless may 
have value but are not included in the above disclosures. These include, among other items, the estimated earning power of core 
deposit accounts, the trained work force, customer goodwill and similar items. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts 
presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.  

85 

 
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:  

ASSETS: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities available-for-sale 
Loans held for sale 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 
Interest rate derivatives 

LIABILITIES: 
Demand, savings and money market deposits 
Time deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Subordinated debt 
Accrued interest payable 
Interest rate derivatives 

ASSETS: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities available-for-sale 
Trading securities 
Loans held for sale 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 
Interest rate derivatives 

LIABILITIES: 
Demand, savings and money market deposits 
Time deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term 
Subordinated debt 
Accrued interest payable 
Interest rate derivatives 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2016 

Carrying 
Amount 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Fair Value 

$ 

15,351     $ 
179,219       
4,554       
414,900       
17,376       
2,041       
297       

15,351     $ 
2,581       
4,554       
—       
17,376       
2,041       
—       

—     $ 
175,813       
—       
—       
—       
—       
297       

—     $ 
825       
—       
418,532       
—       
—       
—       

15,351   
179,219   
4,554   
418,532   
17,376   
2,041   
297   

$  408,983     $  408,983     $ 
—       
2,702       
17,000       
—       
—       
288       
—       

130,867       
2,702       
23,000       
17,500       
5,155       
288       
297       

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
297       

—     $  408,983   
133,108   
2,702   
22,998   
17,580   
4,363   
288   
297   

133,108       
—       
5,998       
17,580       
4,363       
—       
—       

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 

Carrying 
Amount 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Fair Value 

$ 

18,496     $ 
153,901       
8,134       
4,033       
389,060       
17,328       
1,640       
171       

18,496     $ 
3,049       
—       
4,033       
—       
17,328       
1,640       
—       

—     $ 
150,074       
8,134       
—       
—       
—       
—       
171       

—     $ 
778       
—       
—       
393,355       
—       
—       
—       

18,496   
153,901   
8,134   
4,033   
393,355   
17,328   
1,640   
171   

$  364,577     $  364,577     $ 
—       
2,499       
12,000       
—       
—       
255       
—       

131,827       
2,499       
17,000       
25,000       
5,155       
255       
171       

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
171       

—     $  364,577   
134,251   
2,499   
16,995   
25,667   
4,321   
255   
171   

134,251       
—       
4,995       
25,667       
4,321       
—       
—       

86 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
    
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
  
    
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
           
           
           
           
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
    
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
  
    
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2016. 

(Amounts in thousands)       

Fair value at 
December 31, 
2016 

Valuation 
Technique 

Trust preferred securities 

$ 

825      Discounted Cash 

Flow 

Significant 
Unobservable Input   
Projected 
Prepayments 

Description of Inputs 

1) Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to Dodd-
Frank's phase-out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 Capital.  
All fixed rate within one year; variable rate at increasing intervals 
depending on spread. 
2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well capitalized 
banks that have fixed rate coupons greater than 8%. 
3) 1% annually for all other fixed rate issues and all variable rate 
issues. 
4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs and 2% for insurance 
companies. 

Projected 
Defaults 

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for curing, as 
described below, are projected to default immediately. 
2) Banks with high, near team default risk are identified using a 
CAMELS model, and projected to default immediately. Healthy 
banks are projected to default at a rate of 2% annually for 2 years, 
and 0.36% annually thereafter. 
3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according to the 
historical default rates exhibited by companies with the same credit 
ratings. Historical default rates are doubled in each of the first two 
years of the projection to account for current economic conditions. 
Unrated issuers are assumed to have CCC- ratings. 

Projected Cures 

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to either be 
acquired or recapitalized. 

Projected 
Recoveries 

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent banks, and 
10% for projected bank deferrals lagged 2 years. 

Discount Rates 

1) Ranging from ~9.69% to ~15.11%, depending on each bond's 
seniority and remaining subordination after projected losses. 

Impaired loans 

6,788     

Appraisal of 
Collateral (1) 

Appraisal 
Adjustments (2)    

Range (0)% to (50)% 
Weighted average (29)% 

Liquidation 
Expenses (2) 

Range (0)% to (48)% 
Weighted average (5)% 

(1) 

(2) 

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not 
identifiable.  
Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted 
average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a 
percentage of unpaid principal.  

87 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
    
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
    
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
    
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
    
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
     
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
    
  
     
       
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
    
  
     
    
  
  
  
     
  
The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2015. 

(Amounts in thousands)     
Fair value at 
December 31, 
2015 

Valuation 
Technique 

Trust preferred securities 

$ 

778      Discounted Cash 

Flow 

Significant 
Unobservable Input    
Projected 
Prepayments 

Description of Inputs 

1) Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to Dodd-
Frank's phase-out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 Capital.  
All fixed rate within one year; variable rate at increasing intervals 
depending on spread. 
2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well capitalized 
banks that have fixed rate coupons greater than 8%. 
3) 1% annually for all other fixed rate issues and all variable rate 
issues. 
4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs and 2% for insurance 
companies. 

Projected 
Defaults 

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for curing, as 
described below, are projected to default immediately. 
2) Banks with high, near team default risk are identified using a 
CAMELS model, and projected to default immediately. Healthy 
banks are projected to default at a rate of 2% annually for 2 years, 
and 0.36% annually thereafter. 
3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according to the 
historical default rates exhibited by companies with the same 
credit ratings. Historical default rates are doubled in each of the 
first two years of the projection to account for current economic 
conditions. Unrated issuers are assumed to have CCC- ratings. 

Projected Cures 

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to either be 
acquired or recapitalized. 

Projected 
Recoveries 

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent banks, and 
10% for projected bank deferrals lagged 2 years. 

Discount Rates 

1) Ranging from ~10.26% to ~14.12%, depending on each bond's 
seniority and remaining subordination after projected losses. 

Impaired loans 

8,800     

Appraisal of 
Collateral (1) 

Appraisal 
Adjustments (2)    

Range (0)% to (53)% 
Weighted average (29)% 

Liquidation 
Expenses (2) 

Range (0)% to (43)% 
Weighted average (5)% 

Other real estate owned 

61     

Appraisal of 
Collateral (1), (3)    

Appraisal 
Adjustments (2)    

  0% 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not 
identifiable.  
Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted 
average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a 
percentage of unpaid principal.  
Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses.  

88 

 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
       
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
       
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
       
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
       
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
       
  
  
     
       
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTE 12 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME  

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss or income by component net of tax for the years 
ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

Balance as of December 31, 2014 
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification 
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total other comprehensive loss 
Balance as of December 31, 2015 
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassification 
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 

(a)  All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.  

(Amounts in thousands) 

Unrealized gains (losses) 
on available-for-sale 
securities (a) 

Change in pension and 
postretirement 
obligations (a) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

359      $ 
(457 )   
(49 )   
(506 )   
(147 )    $ 

(2,454 )   
(308 )   
(2,762 )   
(2,909 )    $ 

17   
(108 ) 
—   
(108 ) 
(91 ) 
39   
—   
39   
(52 ) 

The following table presents significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss or 
income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2016 
Amount reclassified from 
accumulated other 
comprehensive loss (a) 

Affected line item in the 
statement where net 
income is presented 

Investment securities 
available-for-sale 
gains, net 

466     
(158 )    Federal income tax expense 
308      Net of tax 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2015 
Amount reclassified from 
accumulated other 
comprehensive loss (a) 

Affected line item in the 
statement where net 
income is presented 

Investment securities 
available-for-sale 
gains, net 

75     
(26 )    Federal income tax expense 
49      Net of tax 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Details about other comprehensive income or loss: 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities 

Details about other comprehensive income or loss: 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities 

(a) Amounts in parentheses indicate debits to net income.   

NOTE 13 - REGULATORY MATTERS  

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy 
guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet 
items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments 
by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. 
Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial 
statements. 

89 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The prompt corrective action regulations provide five categories, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, 
significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial 
condition. If a bank is only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to, among other things, accept, renew or roll-over 
brokered deposits. If a bank is undercapitalized, capital distributions and growth and expansion are limited, and plans for capital 
restoration are required. 

In July 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC approved the final rules implementing the Basel 
Committee on Banking Supervision's capital guidelines for U.S. banks and their holding companies (commonly known as Basel III). 
Under the final rules, which began for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015 and are subject to a phase-in period through 
January 1, 2019, minimum requirements will increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company and the Bank. 
The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio (CET1 ratio) of 4.5% and a capital conservation 
buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, which when fully phased-in, effectively results in a minimum CET1 ratio of 7.0%. Basel III 
raises the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% (which, with the capital conservation buffer, 
effectively results in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% when fully phased-in), effectively results in a minimum total capital to 
risk-weighted assets ratio of 10.5% (with the capital conservation buffer fully phased-in), and requires a minimum leverage ratio of 
4.0%. Basel III also makes changes to risk weights for certain assets and off-balance-sheet exposures. Management expects that the 
capital ratios for the Company and the Bank under Basel III will continue to exceed the well capitalized minimum capital 
requirements, as they currently exceed the fully phased in 2019 requirements. 

In addition to the capital requirements for bank holding companies generally, financial holding companies are also required to meet 
“well-capitalized” requirements of the Federal Reserve Board. A bank holding company or financial holding company that is covered 
by the Federal Reserve’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy is not required to comply with the consolidated capital requirements, 
although its bank subsidiaries still must comply with the applicable capital requirements. As a bank holding company with assets of 
less than $1 billion and meeting certain other requirements, the Company is covered by the Small Bank Holding Company Policy. 

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, actual capital levels and minimum required levels for the Company, if it were not 
covered by the Small Bank Holding Company Policy, were: 

December 31, 2016 
CET1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

December 31, 2015 
CET1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

$ 

$ 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Actual 

Amount 

Ratio 

Minimum required for capital 
adequacy purposes 

Amount 

Ratio 

60,631        
65,631        
70,583        
65,631        

12.97 %    $ 
14.04 %      
15.10 %      
10.46 %      

21,033        
28,044        
37,392        
25,086        

4.5 % 
6.0 % 
8.0 % 
4.0 % 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Actual 

Amount 

Ratio 

Minimum required for capital 
adequacy purposes 

Amount 

Ratio 

56,922        
61,922        
67,199        
61,922        

12.78 %    $ 
13.90 %      
15.09 %      
10.62 %      

20,043        
26,723        
35,631        
23,314        

4.5 % 
6.0 % 
8.0 % 
4.0 % 

Approximately $5.0 million of trust preferred securities outstanding at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, 
qualified as Tier 1 capital. Refer to Note 7, “Subordinated Debt.”  

The Bank met all capital requirements to be categorized as "well capitalized" at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. 

90 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
NOTE 14 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

Certain directors, executive officers and companies with whom they are affiliated were loan customers during 2016. The following is 
an analysis of such loans:  

Total related-party loans at December 31, 2015 
New related-party loans 
Repayments or other 

Total related-party loans at December 31, 2016 

(Amounts in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

4,370   
2,599   
(2,686 ) 
4,283   

Deposits from executive officers, directors, and their affiliates at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $2.9 million and $2.5 million, 
respectively.  

The banking relationships were made in the ordinary course of business with the Bank.  

NOTE 15 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION – PARENT COMPANY  

Below is condensed financial information of Cortland Bancorp (parent company only). In this information, the Parent’s investment in 
subsidiaries is stated at cost, including equity in the undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries, adjusted for any unrealized gains or 
losses on available-for-sale securities.  

BALANCE SHEETS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

ASSETS 
Cash 
Investment in bank subsidiary 
Subordinated note from subsidiary bank 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Other liabilities 
Subordinated debt (Note 7) 

Total liabilities 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Common stock 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Treasury stock 

Total shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

320      $ 
53,759        
6,000        
3,700        
63,779      $ 

954      $ 
5,155        
6,109        

23,641        
20,878        
21,485        
(2,961 )      
(5,373 )      
57,670        
63,779      $ 

122   
52,848   
6,000   
3,833   
62,803   

964   
5,155   
6,119   

23,641   
20,833   
17,851   
(238 ) 
(5,403 ) 
56,684   
62,803   

91 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
         
    
  
  
  
  
         
    
  
  
  
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Years ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

Dividends from bank subsidiary 
Interest and dividend income 
Other income 
Interest on subordinated debt 
Other expenses 
Income before income tax and equity in undistributed earnings of 
   subsidiaries 
Income tax benefit 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 
Net income 
Comprehensive income 

$ 

$ 
$ 

1,400      $ 
121        
60        
(112 )      
(497 )      

972        
265        
3,634        
4,871      $ 
2,148      $ 

3,310      $ 
97        
63        
(91 )      
(513 )      

2,866        
133        
1,379        
4,378      $ 
3,764      $ 

1,013   
93   
62   
(88 ) 
(311 ) 

769   
95   
3,005   
3,869   
7,133   

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Cash flow from operating activities 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow from operating 
   activities: 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Deferred tax benefit 
Equity compensation 
Change in other assets and liabilities 

Net cash flow from operating activities 

Cash deficit from financing activities 

Dividends paid 
Treasury shares purchased 

Net cash deficit from financing activities 

Net change in cash 

Cash 

Beginning of year 
End of year 

NOTE 16 - DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS  

2016 

Years ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

$ 

4,871      $ 

4,378      $ 

3,869   

(3,634 )      
(15 )      
75        
138        
1,435        

(1,237 )      
—        
(1,237 )      
198        

(1,379 )      
(6 )      
—        
(35 )      
2,958        

(1,082 )      
(1,850 )      
(2,932 )      
26        

$ 

122        
320      $ 

96        
122      $ 

(3,005 ) 
—   
—   
(156 ) 
708   

(816 ) 
—   
(816 ) 
(108 ) 

204   
96   

The Bank is subject to a dividend restriction that generally limits the amount of dividends that can be paid by an Ohio state-chartered 
bank. Under the Ohio Banking Code, cash dividends may not exceed net profits as defined for that year combined with retained net 
profits for the two preceding years less any required transfers to surplus. Under this formula, the amount available for payment of 
dividends in 2017 is $5.0 million plus 2017 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration.  

NOTE 17 – LITIGATION  

The Bank is involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcomes from 
these other matters, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material effect on the Company.  

92 

 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
         
         
    
  
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
         
         
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 18 – STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM 

On March 24, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a Stock Repurchase Program which allowed the Company to 
repurchase up to 200,000 shares or approximately 4.4% of its 4,527,849 outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately 
negotiated transactions in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on the value of 
the Company’s stock on March 24, 2015, the commitment to repurchase the stock during the program was approximately $3.1 million. 
The repurchase program terminated on December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had repurchased 123,066 shares 
under the program to date. Repurchased shares are designated as treasury shares, available for general corporate purposes, including 
possible use in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment program, employee benefit plans, acquisitions or other 
distributions. On January 26, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a new program which allowed the Company to 
repurchase up to 100,000 shares, or approximately 2.3% of the 4,404,783 shares outstanding at January 26, 2016, of the Company’s 
outstanding common stock. This program terminated on December 31, 2016 . The Company did not purchase any shares under this 
program. On January 24, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a new program which allows the Company to repurchase 
up to 100,000 shares, or approximately 2.3% of the 4,420,055 shares outstanding at January 24, 2017, of the Company’s outstanding 
common stock. This program will terminate on December 31, 2017 or upon purchase of 100,000 shares if earlier or at any time 
without prior notice.  

NOTE 19 – EQUITY COMPENSATION 

During 2015, the Company, created the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan and The Director Equity Plan. 

The Omnibus Equity Plan permits the award of up to 340,000 shares to the Company’s employees to promote the long-term financial 
success of the Company, increasing shareholder value by providing employees the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the 
Company and enabling the Company and its related entities to attract and retain the services of those upon whom the successful 
conduct of business depends. There were 13,683 restricted board approved shares granted under the plan in April 2016. The Company 
is expensing the grant date fair value of all share-based compensation over the requisite vesting periods on a prorated straight-line 
basis.  In 2016, compensation expense of $48,000 was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income. As of December 31, 2016, 
there was $161,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the non-vested shares granted under the Plan. Shares 
awarded under this plan vest in equal thirds on the first three anniversaries of the award date if the employee remains employed with 
Cortland Bancorp. The remaining cost is expected to be recognized over 2.25 years, which is the remainder of the three-year tiered 
vesting period. There were no shares granted under the plan in 2015. 

Granted shares are awarded upon meeting achievement of performance objectives derived from one or more of the performance 
criteria. The main metrics used include net earnings, earnings per share, return on average assets and equity, share price and other 
earnings ratios.  

The Director Equity Plan permits the award of up to 113,000 shares to nonemployee directors to promote the long-term financial 
success of the Company, increasing shareholder value by enabling the Company and its related entities to attract and retain the 
services of those directors upon whom the successful conduct of business depends.  There were 1,789 board approved shares granted 
under the plan in April 2016 with immediate vesting.  In 2016, compensation expense of $27,000 was recorded in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income.   

The following is the activity under the two plans during the period ended December 31, 2016: 

Nonvested at January 1, 2016 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Nonvested at December 31, 2016 

Restricted Stock Units 

Units 

Price at Grant Date 

  $ 

—   
15,472   
1,789   

—     

13,683   

  $ 

—   
15.25   
15.25   
—   
15.25   

93 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTE 20 – EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT 

In January of 2016, the Company paid off two FHLB convertible fixed rate advances totaling $4.5 million with an average rate of 4.01% 
due in 2017.  The Company incurred prepayment penalties of $242,000, or $160,000 after tax.  The Earnings per Share effect of ($.04) 
was offset by gains generated on investment securities sales during the same month.  The Company used a combination of alternative 
wholesale borrowings at a rate of 1.44% and current liquidity to fund the early payoff, for an estimated annual interest expense 
savings of $130,000. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures - None  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. With the supervision and participation by management, including the Company’s 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) has been evaluated as of the end of the 
period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer 
have concluded that these controls and procedures were effective.  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The report on management’s assessment of internal 
control over financial reporting is included in Item 8.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that 
there have been no changes during the fourth quarter of 2016 in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Rules 13a-13 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, internal 
control over financial reporting.  

Item 9B. Other Information – Not applicable.  

PART III 

Item l0. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed on or about March 29, 2017 
in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 23, 2017 (the “Proxy Statement”). The information contained 
in the Proxy Statement under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference: “Board Nominees,” “Continuing Directors,” 
“The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”  

Information relating to executive officers of the Company is set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K.  

Item ll. Executive Compensation  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the following captions of “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation in 2016.”  

Item l2. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholders Matters  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the caption “Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers.”  

Information relating to equity compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set 
forth under the caption “Outstanding Equity Awards.”   

Item l3. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the captions of “Transactions with Related Persons” and “The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board.”  

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item l4. Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the caption “Ratification of Independent Auditors.”  

PART IV 

Item l5. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a) 

l. Financial Statements  
Included in Part II of this report:  

Item 8. Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report: 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ........................................................................  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ....................................................................................................  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 ..........................................................................................  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ..............................................  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ....................  
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ........................  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 .......................................  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...........................................................................................................................  

48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 

(a) 

2. Financial Statement Schedules  

Financial statements schedules are omitted because the required information is either not applicable, not required or is not 
shown in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto.  

(a) 

3. Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K  
The exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this report are listed in the Index to Exhibits.  

95 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

Date:  March 23, 2017   

CORTLAND BANCORP 

By:    /s/ James M. Gasior 
James M. Gasior 
President, Chief Executive Officer, Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

/s/ Timothy K. Woofter 
Timothy K. Woofter 

/s/ James M. Gasior 
James M. Gasior 

/s/ Timothy Carney 
Timothy Carney 

/s/ David C. Cole 
David C. Cole 

/s/ J. Martin Erbaugh 
J. Martin Erbaugh 

/s/ James E. Hoffman, III 
James E. Hoffman, III 

/s/ Neil J. Kaback 
Neil J. Kaback 

/s/ Joseph E. Koch 
Joseph E. Koch 

/s/ Joseph P. Langhenry 
Joseph P. Langhenry 

/s/ Thomas P. Perciak 
Thomas P. Perciak 

/s/ Richard B. Thompson 
Richard B. Thompson 

/s/ Anthony R. Vross 
Anthony R. Vross 

/s/ David J. Lucido 
David J. Lucido 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

March 23, 2017 
Date 

  Director and Chairman of the Board 

  President, Chief Executive Officer and  
Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Chief Financial Officer 

 (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

96 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report:  

INDEX TO EXHIBITS  

Exhibit 
No. 

  3.1 

  3.2 

  4.1 

  4.2 

*10.1 

Exhibit Description 

Form** 

      Exhibit 

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

Incorporated by Reference 

Restated Amended Articles of Cortland Bancorp reflecting 
amendment dated June 25, 1999. Note: filed for purposes of SEC 
reporting compliance only. This restated document has not been 
filed with the State of Ohio. 

  Code of Regulations, as amended. 

The rights of holders of equity securities are defined in portions of the 
Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations as referenced in 
Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 

Agreement to furnish instruments and agreements defining rights of 
holders of long-term debt 

Group Term Carve Out Plan dated February 23, 2001, by The Cortland 
Savings and Banking Company with each executive officer other than 
Rodger W. Platt and with selected other officers, as amended by the 
August 2002 letter amendment 

10-K(1)      

3.1       03/16/06        

10-K      

3.2      

03/24/15        

10-K(1)      

4.1      

03/16/06        

 

10-K(1)      

10.1      

03/16/06        

*10.1.1 

Amendment of Group Term Carve Out Plan, dated October 28, 
2014 

8-K      

10.1.1       11/03/14        

  10.2 

  [Reserved] 

  10.3 

  [Reserved] 

*10.4 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and David C. Cole, dated as of December 18, 2007 

10-K      

10.4       03/17/08        

  10.5 

  [Reserved] 

  10.6 

  [Reserved] 

*10.7 

*10.8 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and James E. Hoffman III, dated as of December 18, 2007     

10-K      

10.7       03/17/08        

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and Neil J. Kaback, dated as of December 18, 2007 

10-K      

10.8       03/17/08        

  10.9 

  [Reserved] 

*10.10 

*10.11 

*10.12 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and Richard B. Thompson, dated as of December 18, 2007    

10-K      

10.10       03/17/08        

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland 
Bancorp and Timothy K. Woofter, dated as of December 18, 2007 

Form of Split Dollar Agreement entered into by Cortland Bancorp 
and each of Directors David C. Cole, James E. Hoffman III, and 
Timothy K. Woofter as of February 23, 2001, as of March 1, 2004, 
with Director Neil J. Kaback, and as of October 1, 2001, with 
Director Richard B. Thompson; 

as amended on December 26, 2006, for Directors Cole, Hoffman, 
Thompson, and Woofter; 

10-K      

10.11       03/17/08        

10-K(1)      

10.12      

03/16/06      

10-K      

10.12       03/15/07      

*10.13 

Director’s Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and 
Director Joseph E. Koch, dated as of April 19, 2011 

8-K      

10.13       04/22/11      

97 

 
 
 
    
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
Exhibit 
No. 
*10.14 

*10.15 

*10.16 

*10.17 

*10.18 

*10.19 

Exhibit Description 

Form** 

      Exhibit 

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

Incorporated by Reference 

Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between Cortland 
Bancorp and Director Joseph E. Koch, dated as of April 19, 2011 

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Cortland 
Bancorp with each of its directors 

Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland 
Savings and Banking Company and David J. Lucido, dated as of 
March 27, 2012 

Seventh Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The 
Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, 
dated as of November 24, 2015 

Third Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The 
Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Lawrence A. 
Fantauzzi, dated as of December 3, 2008 

Seventh Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The 
Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, 
dated as of November 24, 2015 

8-K      

10.14       04/22/11      

10-K(1)      

10.15       03/16/06      

10-K      

10.16       03/29/12      

8-K      

10.17       12/01/15      

8-K      

10.18       12/12/08      

8-K      

10.19       12/01/15      

  10.20 

  [Reserved] 

  10.21 

  [Reserved] 

  10.22 

  [Reserved] 

*10.23 

*10.24 

*10.25 

*10.26 

Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland 
Savings and Banking Company and David J. Lucido dated as of 
November 24, 2015 

Fourth Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between 
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, 
dated as of April 19, 2011 

Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland 
Savings and Banking Company and Stanley P. Feret dated as of 
November 24, 2015 

Fourth Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between 
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, 
dated as of April 19, 2011 

8-K      

10.23      

12/01/15      

8-K      

10.24       04/22/11      

8-K      

10.25       12/01/15      

8-K      

10.26       04/22/11      

  10.27 

  [Reserved] 

  10.28 

  [Reserved] 

  10.29 

  [Reserved] 

*10.30 

Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings 
and Banking Company and Stanley P. Feret, dated as of July 23, 2013 

10-Q       

10.30        08/13/13      

*10.31.1 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Tim Carney, 
dated as of September 28, 2012, as amended November 24, 2015 

8-K      

10.31.1       12/01/15      

*10.31.2 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and James Gasior, 
dated as of September 28, 2012, as amended November 24, 2015 

8-K      

10.31.2       12/01/15      

*10.31.3 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and David J. 
Lucido, dated as of September 28, 2012, as amended November 24, 
2015 

8-K      

10.31.3       12/01/15      

  10.32 

  [Reserved] 

98 

 
 
    
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
Exhibit 
No. 

  10.33 

  [Reserved] 

Exhibit Description 

Form** 

      Exhibit 

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

Incorporated by Reference 

*10.34 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Stanley P. 
Feret, dated as of September 28, 2012, as amended November 24, 
2015 

*10.35 

  Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers 

*10.36 

  2015 Omnibus Equity Plan 

8-K      

10.34       12/01/15      

8-K      

10.35       08/03/15        

10-Q      

10.36       08/11/15      

  10.36.1 

Form of incentive stock option award under the 2015 Omnibus 
Equity Plan 

10-Q      

10.36.1       08/11/15        

  10.36.2 

Form of nonqualified stock option award under the 2015 Omnibus 
Equity Plan 

10-Q      

10.36.2       08/11/15      

  10.36.3 

Form of restricted stock award under the 2015 Omnibus Equity 
Plan 

*10.37 

  2015 Director Equity Plan 

10-Q      

10.36.3       08/11/15        

10-Q       

10.37        08/11/15      

  10.37.1 

Form of nonqualified stock option award under the 2015 Director 
Equity Plan 

10-Q        10.37.1        08/11/15        

  10.37.2 

Form of incentive stock option award under the 2015 Director 
Equity Plan 

10-Q        10.37.2        08/11/15      

  11 

Statement of re-computation of per share earnings 

  14 

  21 

  23 

  Code of Ethics 

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

Consents of experts and counsel – Consent of independent 
registered public accounting firm  

  31.1 

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer under Rule 13a-14(a) 

  31.2 

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Rule 13a-14(a) 

  32 

  101 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer required under section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 

The following materials from Cortland Bancorp’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, formatted in 
Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (a) Consolidated 
Balance Sheets; (b) Consolidated Statements of Income; (c) 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (d) 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity; (e) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (f) the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text and in 
detail (included with this filing) 

(1)  Film number 06691632  
*  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement  
** 

SEC File No. 000-13814  

See Note 1 
of Financial 
Statements        

10-K      

14      

3/17/08      

 

 

 

 

 

 

Copies of any exhibits will be furnished to shareholders upon written request. Requests should be directed to Lance A. Morrison, 
Secretary, Cortland Bancorp, 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio 44410.  

99 

 
 
    
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
       
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
       
       
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
       
       
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
      
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
     
       
      
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
       
    
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
 
     
       
     
 
     
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND 

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER 
Chairman of the Board 
President and Chief Executive Officer, Stan-Wade Metal Products 
Tank Manufacturer and Oil Equipment Distributor 

TIMOTHY CARNEY 
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 
Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 

DAVID C. COLE 
Partner and President, Cole Valley Motor Company 
Automobile Dealership 

J. MARTIN ERBAUGH 
President, JM Erbaugh Co. 
Investment Firm 

JAMES M. GASIOR 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 

JAMES E. HOFFMAN, III 
Attorney, Hoffman and Walker 
Law Firm 

NEIL J. KABACK 
Vice President, Cohen & Company, Ltd. 
Accounting Firm 

JOSEPH E. KOCH 
President, Joe Koch Construction 
Homebuilding, Developing and Remodeling Company 

JOSEPH P. LANGHENRY 
Managing Principal, Langhenry Venture Partners 
Investment Firm 

THOMAS P. PERCIAK 
Mayor, Strongsville, OH 
Government 

RICHARD B. THOMPSON 
Executive, Therm-O-Link, Inc. 
Electrical Wire and Cable Manufacturer 

ANTHONY R. VROSS 
Executive, Simon Roofing 
Commercial Roofing and Industrial Roof Maintenance 

DIRECTOR EMERITUS 

K. RAY MAHAN  

100 

 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS  
JAMES M. GASIOR  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

TIMOTHY CARNEY  
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 

DAVID J. LUCIDO  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

STANLEY P. FERET  
Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer  

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY   

OFFICERS 

JAMES M. GASIOR 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

TIMOTHY CARNEY 
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 

DAVID J. LUCIDO 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

STANLEY P. FERET 
Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer 

KAREN BOSLEY 
Assistant Vice President 
Business Banking Officer 

DEBORAH L. EAZOR 
Vice President 
Operations Manager 

DANIELLE CANTRELL 
Vice President 
Retail, Business Banking and Investment Sales Manager 

MELANIE CHRISTIE 
 Assistant Vice President 
BSA/Compliance Officer/Director of Security 

JONI EVERSON 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer 

KEITH STINSON 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer 
JOAN M. FRANGIAMORE 
Vice President 
Controller 

KEVIN CULP 
Vice President  
Commercial Banking Officer 

JOHN HEWITT 
Vice President 
Credit Manager 

HEATHER J. BOWSER 
Assistant Vice President 
Collection Officer 

BRENT MARAKAS 
Assistant Vice President 
Commercial Banking Portfolio Manager 

101 

LANCE A. MORRISON 
Vice President 
General Counsel/Corporate Secretary/Director of Human Resources 

J. MICHAEL BRAINARD 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer 

KEITH MROZEK 
Vice President 
Special Assets & Loan Review 

ROCCO PAGE 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer 

MICHAEL KANE 
Assistant Vice President 
Market Development Officer 

MICHELLE REILLY 
Vice President, Assistant Treasurer 
Mortgage Banking/ Funds Management 

BARBARA R. SANDROCK 
Vice President 
Information Systems Manager 

KAREN SHARP 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer 

ROBERT MEEK 
Assistant Vice President 
Treasury Management/Sales Representative 

CARRIE STACKHOUSE 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer 

KAREN JINDRA 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
BRYAN IGNAZIO 
Assistant Vice President 
Business Banking Officer 

KAREN MILLER 
Assistant Secretary 
Retail Operations Manager/Retail Training 

MICHAEL LIPKE 
Vice  President 
Special Assets & Loan Review 

JANET K. HOUSER 
Assistant Vice President 
Electronic Banking Specialist 

MELISSA MAKI 
Assistant Vice President 
Director of Marketing and Communications 

MARK CHUEY 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer 
NATHANIEL J. MARSHALL 
Market Vice President 
Private Bank Officer/Greater Cleveland 

NICOLE WHITSEL 
Assistant Vice President 
Risk Manager/Compliance 

MARK E. TAYLOR 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer 

AMY MANOLIO 
Vice President 
Private Bank Officer/Mahoning Valley 
JACQUELINE TREHARNE 
Assistant Vice President 
Mortgage Operations Manager 

SHIRLEY A. WADE 
Assistant Vice President 
Executive Secretary 

JAMES E. WELLINGTON 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer 

DARLENE MACK 
Assistant Vice President 
Human Resources Manager 

STANLEY MAGIELSKI 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer 

DAVID BELL 
Vice President 
Senior Commercial Banking Officer/Greater Cleveland Team Lead 

102